Quantcast
Channel: Guides – GameHouse
Viewing all 192 articles
Browse latest View live

Jewel Match 2 Reloaded Walkthrough

$
0
0

In this walkthrough all of the basic gameplay and concepts that are required to play the Jewel match 2 Reloaded game will be gone over along with some tips and tricks that will help you progress through the game if you get stuck somewhere in the game. The first portion of this walkthrough, or guide, which will discuss the basic gameplay, can be skipped over if you are already familiar with how to play the game and here to learn how to pass some of the more difficult levels. Regardless if this is your first time playing this game or if it’s your fiftieth time playing the game, read the second portion of this guide, since the second portion will help you progress further and better compared to if you did not read it, of course under the assumption you do not use the tips or tricks that are mentioned in this guide.

Contents

Jewel Match 2 Walkthrough

After you are finished installing and launching the game you will be greeted with a menu screen. Now, the play button is incredibly inviting, but before you can actually play you have to select one of the three different game modes: Moves Limited, Relaxed, or Time Limited. All of these different game modes keep the align 3 concept of the game intact, but they allow you to make the game either more challenging or less challenging, depending on how you like to play the game.

How to Play

The game is a align 3 game and as such you will be expected to create a align of 3 or more gems wherever you want on the board. There are exactly two hundred levels in all of Jewel align 2 Reloaded along with 20 mini-games that you can play whenever you unlock them, by getting the necessary amount of points to unlock each level, and the core gameplay of aligning 3 or more gems in a row or column remains the same. With that being said, the goal of Jewel Match 2 Reloaded is not to simply align as many jewels as possible, but rather it is to align jewels in order to eliminate the jewels in the yellow or gold boxes on your board and once all of the yellow boxes have been eliminated, by aligning the gems that are in the yellow or gold boxes, the level will be beaten. Note: The gem that is originally in the yellow block can be moved out of the block if you align a row or line of 3 or more jewels so do keep that in mind.

Jewel Match 2 - 1

Jewel Match 2 – 1

Moves Limited
Like the name suggests, this game mode restricts the amount of moves that you can make every level; however, Moves Limited does not restrict the amount of time that you are given so you should always use this to your advantage and think for as long as possible!

Relaxed
This game mode is probably the most casual game mode the game offers with absolutely no limitations on moves or time for each level, so if you are feeling the need for a relaxing afternoon just select the Relaxed game mode and enjoy!

Time Limited
Time Limited is also a very self-explanatory game mode, it simply limits the amount of time you have to think on each and every level; however, Time Limited does give you an unlimited number of moves of level in order to help deal with the time restrictions that the game places on you.

After choosing the appropriate game mode, feel free to press the play button whenever and begin your adventures in the world of the game!

The Shop
The shop is a feature of the game that allows you to purchase many different power-ups, all of can and will help you along your adventures through the game, with coins that will appear randomly as you match 3 in the game and these are the items that you can purchase, given you have enough coins to buy them:
Small Bomb Spell – When cast, clears out a 3×3 piece
Small Fireball Spell – Clears 3 blocks above and beside the target block
Small Chain Lightning Spell – Launches a small lightning bolt that jumps around randomly
and clearing the blocks that it lands on
Small Chroma Frenzy Spell – Turns 6 random gems into multi-colored gems
Small Chain Destroyer – Destroys all chains in a 3×3 area
Small Launcher Spell – Converts two random gems into launchers
Large Hammer – Breaks chains and cubes will also clear all the gems of a the same color
as the target block.
Medium Sized Chest – Contains some gems
Large Sized Chest – Contains a very large amount of gems
Mana Bottle – Restores your mana
Hammer Charge – Completely charges up your hammer
Extra Life – Gives you an extra life

After you finish reading up on all of the available items, be sure to also keep in mind that all spells need to be charged up so make sure you buy them before you get stuck not after, except for the mana bottle, the hammer charge, and the extra life of course.

Tips and tricks

As mentioned at the introduction of this guide, if you are going to read any part of this guide then read this part since it will help you progress further into the game if you found yourself stuck previously. Also, keep in mind that these are tips that can help you, but there is not actual need or necessity to actually implement all of these tips when you play if they too heavily impair your ability to play. These tips only exist to help you play a more efficient game and, if they impair your ability to play too heavily, you should choose not to use them and simply play the way you want.

Jewel Match 2 - 2

Jewel Match 2 – 2

Tip 1: Stay Calm
The game is specifically designed as a puzzle game so there is no shame in feeling stuck; however, try to remain calm in these situations since the frustration and anger that can follow from feeling stuck can very easily cloud your mind and make beating the level that much harder. Also, the game is also random at times, as sometimes falling jewels can completely clear a previously unclearable section of the board and sometimes falling jewels will render a previously clearable section unclearable, so don’t get stressed or angry if you cannot beat some levels. It just happens in the game.

Tip 2 Think Simpler
The amount of different boards in the game is very impressive and they all have unique qualities that make beating them that much more difficult; however, that does not change the fact that the game and goals of the game remains the same so do not let the size of the board or the shape of the board too heavily impact your thinking process. Simply keep the goal at hand in mind and progress through the game. If you do find yourself having a hard time ignoring the overall shape and size of the board, try to split up each board into quadrants or however many different sections you want and focus on each of the different quadrants or sections until you finish all of the objectives within each quadrants or sections.

Jewel Match 2 - 3

Jewel Match 2 – 3

Tip 3 Do not be scared of failure
The game is a single player game that has no penalty for failing a level, besides losing the time that you invested into the level. Since the game does this it is alright to fail and play a level more than one time, or maybe even a few times, so take advantage of this and, if you get stuck on a level, start the level again and do something new and creative. Who knows, this might even allow you to see a solution that you did not see before or let you explore a new section of the level that was previously unusable.

Tip 4 Be Aware of Your Game Mode
Now, it’s quite obvious that specific game modes will have their own unique restrictions, but what is not obvious is how to play according to those game modes or, sometimes, the way to play the game mode becomes more and more obscure as you play, until you forget how you should play the game, but in either case scroll back up to the different game mode descriptions on some methods to deal with the restrictions that each game mode gives you. Also, in case you don’t know how to approach a specific game mode, in moves limited try to think for as long as necessary about the consequences of your next alignment of jewels in order to optimize your ability to clear the board and for time limited try to make as many moves as possible without too heavily ruining your ability to clear out the necessary blocks on your board.

Jewel Match 2 - 4

Jewel Match 2 – 4

Tip 5 Collect your coins or don’t!
This tip is probably the simplest tip in the list and is also probably the simplest one. During your clear of the board coins will appear, but you will not be prompted to click on them in any sort of way and this usually would not be a problem but the coins do take up a block on your board which can make some matches either impossible or improbable. That being said, the coins can also help you make some matches that you couldn’t before by allowing a block to remain put in a certain position. Do keep in mind that if you are planning on swapping a block while leaving the coin on the board, don’t click the coin! The coin will disappear the moment you click on it!

Tip 5 : Use powerups
Now, if you are anything like me, when you play certain types of video games you become adamant in your own ability and stubborn about using things outside of game mechanics. Well, when you get stuck don’t be that stubborn! Use your powerups! The powerups can and will help so use them and don’t use sit there being frustrated and just use a powerup. Also, you should buy a powerup, even if you are choosing not to use any powerups, when you can, because buying powerups from the store sill requires mana, or charges, that you get from clearing gems from the board so be sure to buy them and charge the powerups before you get into a situation you can’t get out of, no matter how you choose to play.

Now, with all of that being said, I hope you enjoyed these tips and tricks, or maybe cheats, and, hopefully, you can use some of them to get past whatever levels you are stuck on. Thank you for reading this and good luck in Jewel Match Two Reloaded!

 

For more great tips and tricks, visit our blog!

 

Jewel Match 2 Walkthrough is meant as a guide and does not contain cheats, hacks, or serials.

The post Jewel Match 2 Reloaded Walkthrough appeared first on GameHouse.


Alice’s Patchwork Walkthrough

$
0
0

Wonderland needs help. Beautiful mosaics depicting Alice and her adventures are shattered. Help Alice put the pieces back together in this stunning picture mosaic game. Every time you complete a puzzle you earn a key. You need keys to unlock the next world. Can you earn enough keys to unlock all of the adventures in Wonderland?

 

Alice’s Patchwork Gameplay Walk through will guide you down the rabbit hole, giving you tips and tricks to play through to the very end. Do not worry about any cheats or spoilers here. With the help of this guide you will enjoy hours of relaxing entertainment as you travel down memory lane, reliving the magic of this classic tale.

Contents

General Tips & Tricks

  • The size of the pieces on the ribbon can be deceiving. Clicking on a piece to bring it to full size makes it much easier to figure out where it goes.
  • There is no penalty for picking up a piece and dragging it around. It is only considered a mistake when you click to place it.
  • The Levels screen shows thumbnails of what each puzzle looks like. Click Pause and then Levels to see the thumbnails. Remember to click on the forward or back arrow to see the specific puzzle you are working on.
  • Use the Hint feature early and often. There is no penalty for getting hints, and it can be very helpful to get you started and keep you going on a difficult puzzle. As an added bonus, you can earn a trophy if you use enough Hints.
  • Remember to use the Pause button. If the phone rings or someone asks you a question, click on the pause button. When you are ready, click the check mark and your game will resume without losing any time on the game clock.
  • If you are seriously struggling with getting enough keys to unlock your next world, try playing in Relaxed Mode. This eliminates the time factor from your game. Simply completing a puzzle automatically grants you two keys. You can earn the third by not making any mistakes.

 

How to Play
Come to wonderland and follow Alice on her adventures. This game takes you through six worlds: White Rabbit, Mad Hatter, Cheshire Cat, White Knight, White Queen and Queen of Hearts. Each world holds over 100 beautiful mosaic pictorials about the adventures of Alice in Wonderland. Your job is to replace the missing pieces and restore the pictures.

 

The Basics
All of the glorious glass mosaics depicting the phenomenal landscapes of Wonderland have been shattered. Carefully you gather the pieces and reassemble the shattered mosaics. As you progress through this game, you are treated to delightful images from the children’s classics of Alice in Wonderland and Through the Looking Glass. The puzzle pieces are in a ribbon on the right side of the screen. Click on a piece to pick it up, then click again to place it. The pieces are small when they are on the ribbon, but will become full size as you drag them onto the board.

Alice's Patchwork - 1

Alice’s Patchwork – 1

Every time you complete a puzzle you unlock the next one. You can also unlock a puzzles by using coins if you get really stuck. Although the puzzles start out easy, with just a few pieces, they quickly become progressively harder as you advance. Fortunately, you are also given more time to complete them as your game progresses.

Alice's Patchwork - 2

Alice’s Patchwork – 2

Looking at the thumbnail can be very helpful. Many of the puzzles are symmetrical. For example, you know that in the picture of the treasure chest a yellow rectangle is below the hot pink box. Using this information, when you see the other pink box you can bet that a yellow rectangle will go below it.

Alice's Patchwork - 3

Alice’s Patchwork – 3

Options

You can control several elements of your game by accessing the Options panel. Use the slide switch to controls the volume for music and for the game sounds. The first box allows you to enter and exit Full screen mode. Check the box to go full screen, and uncheck to play within a window.

 

The second box gives you control over the appearance of the curser. Check the box to use a golden curser, or uncheck to use your computer’s default curser.

 

An additional feature allows specialized controls for left handers. This option switches the ribbon to the left side of the screen to make game play more comfortable for you south paws.

When you are looking for a truly leisurely activity, check the Relaxed Mode box. This completely removes the timer from the game board. You automatically earn the Time key, which can help you unlock new worlds more quickly.

 

Earning Keys

Each puzzle has three goals: assemble the mosaic, don’t make any mistakes, and complete within a given amount of time. You get a key for each goal that you accomplish. You must reach all three goals in a single play to get all three keys. For instance, if you earn the completion and no mistakes key, you cannot play again just to get the time key.

Alice's Patchwork - 4

Alice’s Patchwork – 4

Opening New Worlds

Completing a world does not automatically unlock the next. You need keys to unlock the next world. If you finish a world and the next is still locked, either use coins to unlock the world or go back and earn more keys.

Unlocking a new world elevates your status. In the White Rabbit world you play as a Pawn. You must actually unlock a new world, not just finish the previous one, to progress in status. The levels of status are Pawn, Rook, Knight, Bishop, Queen, and King

Alice's Patchwork - 5

Alice’s Patchwork – 5

Hints and Pausing

If you need a hint, click on the Question Mark in the top right corner. This will highlight a piece on the ribbon and highlights the spot on the board where it goes. Using Hints does not affect earning keys. The Hint automatically recharges, so get as many hints as you need. Besides, there may be secret rewards for using the Hint button often.

Alice's Patchwork - 6

Alice’s Patchwork – 6

Sometimes you have to stop playing your game and attend to business of one kind or another. You do not have to waste game time simply because life happens. Just hit the Pause button in the lower right corner, and when you are ready you only need to click the check mark to continue your game.

Alice’s Patchwork Walkthrough

This guide will take you through all of the worlds of this game, which are White Rabbit, Mad Hatter, Cheshire Cat, White Knight, White Queen and Queen of Hearts. Each world presents you with 20 unique mosaic puzzles.

 

White Rabbit

Follow the white rabbit into the first world. Here, you are a Pawn. This world consists of 20 mosaic puzzles. Don’t let the first puzzle fool you. This level goes from having a single piece in the first puzzle to over 30 pieces in the last puzzle. If you need help, use a Hint. Additionally, you can see a thumbnail picture of the puzzle on the Levels screen. Knowing what the picture should look like will help you place the pieces.
The first ten puzzles start out modestly enough. Mosaics of mundane items such as flowers, teapots and playing cards get your skills warmed up. Then, Alice falls down the rabbit hole.

Alice's Patchwork - 7

Alice’s Patchwork – 7

Reality starts to shift in the second set of puzzles. Psychedelic motifs and smiling flowers challenge your puzzle skills as things might not go together as expected. By the end of this set, time is surely running late. If you gathered enough keys, you can advance to the tea party.

Alice's Patchwork - 8

Alice’s Patchwork – 8

Mad Hatter

If you have enough keys, you are never too late to enter the world of the Mad Hatter. When you unlock this world, you are elevated to the level of Rook. This world takes you deeper into wonderland, where things are not what they seem.

Alice's Patchwork - 9

Alice’s Patchwork – 9

In the second set of ten puzzles in the land of the Mad Hatter, your travels take you great distances as you travel to castles far away. Keep collecting keys so you get escape the tea party and move on to the next world.

Alice's Patchwork - 10

Alice’s Patchwork – 10

Cheshire Cat

You will find more than just a fading smile in the world of the Cheshire Cat. Hold you head high, as you have now reached the status of knight. The hookah smoking caterpillar lurks within the Cheshire Cat’s world, along with pink flamingos and a treasure chest. Enjoy your elevated view while you unlock all 20 puzzles.

Alice's Patchwork - 11

Alice’s Patchwork – 11

Images of hearts, diamonds and spades saturate this world. From teddy bears to glass slippers, the challenging puzzles will keep your brain working as you figure out a place for everything and get everything in its place. As you reach the final puzzle in the Cheshire Cat’s domain, a horse arrives and if you have enough keys, will carry you into the world of the White Knight.

Alice's Patchwork - 12

Alice’s Patchwork – 12

White Knight

Enter the absurd world of the White Knight. You are now promoted to the level of Bishop. The whimsical mosaics keep you going on your quest. The animals and landscapes are more exotic as you pass through the world of the White Knight.

Alice's Patchwork - 13

Alice’s Patchwork – 13

As a proper knight, ride proudly as you put the mosaics back together. Gaze upon the image of the knight in shining armor. After you pass the dragon, you will again encounter the White Rabbit as you make your way to your next destination.

Alice's Patchwork - 14

Alice’s Patchwork – 14

White Queen

While the White Queen insists on believing in the impossible, completing this world is definitely possible. Congratulations on achieving the Queen status. With the tick tock of the grandfather clock, here you see the strangest of creatures. A princess stands with a bird on her finger. Hot air balloons and fairies come to life as you assemble the broken pictures.

Alice's Patchwork - 15

Alice’s Patchwork – 15

Mosaics on the second page of the White Queen’s world will definitely have you believing in the impossible. Rescue griffins and frogs as you piece together the magical pictures. Try as you may, you will not be able to turn that frog into a prince. But fear not. You will find plenty of dashing characters as you advance and gather together enough keys to enter the final world: the dreaded world of the Queen of Hearts.

Alice's Patchwork - 16

Alice’s Patchwork – 16

Queen of Hearts

Off with their heads! You have surely kept your head if you make it all the way to the world of the Queen of Hearts. While you may be in the world of the Queen of Hearts, you are the top dog because now you have arrived at the King status.

Alice's Patchwork - 17

Alice’s Patchwork – 17

Who knows what to expect from the fickle Queen of Hearts. You will find deer, a lion and a kangaroo. A knight dashes by with lance blazing. But as you work through the final puzzles of the game, you find yourself coming full circle.

 

As all good things must come to an end, so to this wonderful game must end as well. You come to restore that final picture: the Queen of Hearts herself. In her magnificent glory, you solve the final puzzle and know that you have experienced an adventure well-traveled.

Alice's Patchwork - 18

Alice’s Patchwork – 18

Trophies

As if playing these mind tickling puzzles was not enough, the game has built in e=incentives to keep you unlocking those new worlds. You can earn a plethora of trophies game. With 18trophies to strive for, you will enjoy hours of entertainment trying to achieve them all.
At the most basic level, you earn a trophy for each world that you complete. In shining gold, each trophy memorializes a cherished part of Wonderland.

Alice's Patchwork - 19

Alice’s Patchwork – 19

Being perfect has its rewards. Earn a trophy for completing 20, 40, and 80 levels with all three keys. For 20 levels, you earn Royal Croquet Flamingo. A Beautiful Garden is the trophy for 40 levels with all three keys, and Looking-Glass Land is the reward for 80 perfect levels.

 

Perfection is measured in many ways. If you complete five levels in a row with no mistakes you are indeed the Wise Caterpillar. If you receive 17 trophies, you earn the final reward, a Coronation, for collecting every trophy.

 

Do not worry. You don’t have to be perfect to get rewarded. Receive the Mad Tea-Party trophy for completing 20 levels within the time limit.

Alice's Patchwork - 20

Alice’s Patchwork – 20

What would Wonderland be without Tweedledee and Tweedledum? When you earn 100,000 coins the Tweedledee trophy is unveiled. For the complete set of Tweedledee and Tweedledum, earn 500,000 coins. Even though Humpty Dumpty could not be put back together, you can have an intact Humpty Dumpty trophy for earning 1,000,000 coins.

 

Don’t turn down free help. Three trophies are reserved simply for utilizing the Hint feature. When you need to get small, use 50 hints to get the Drink Me potion. The super-sizing Eat Me cupcake is yours when you use 100 hints. By this time, you are certainly overheated from all your hard work. Pick up that Magic Fan trophy when you use 150 hints.

Alice's Patchwork - 21

Alice’s Patchwork – 21

Congratulations! You’ve completed our Alice’s Patchwork Walkthrough!

 

 

For more great tips and tricks, visit our blog!

 

 

This Alice’s Patchwork Walkthrough is meant as a guide and does not contain cheats, hacks, or serials.

 

 

The post Alice’s Patchwork Walkthrough appeared first on GameHouse.

Fantasy Mosaics 9 – Portal in the Woods Walkthrough

$
0
0

Where have the penguins gone? The lovable penguin family was walking in the woods when a portal opens and sucks the penguins to a mysterious location. They need your help finding their way home. Each clue you discover hidden in the colorful pictures leads them a step closer to discovering the way back to their real world. This guide for Fantasy Mosaics 9 – Portal in the Woods will explain the basics of the game and give you tips and tricks to enjoy hours of gameplay.

Contents

How to Play

Fantasy Mosaics 9 – PORTAL in the WOODS is a nonogram game. Don’t worry. The only math skill you need is the ability to count from one to twenty.

In a nonogram game, the numbers on the side and top of the grid are your clues to where to place the colored tiles. For instance, if a column has 10, 2 on the top, that column will have a block of ten colored tiles, and a block of two colored tiles. There must be at least one blank space between blocks of colored tiles.

Fantasy Mosaics 9 - Portal in de Woods - 1

Fantasy Mosaics 9 – Portal in de Woods – 1

Each puzzle has three colors. Click the Circle to the right of the grid to switch between colors. Below the circle you will see one or more X. One X will light up every time you make a mistake. If you make too many mistakes you must start the puzzle over.

You can also use Hints. A small circle beside the penguin on the top right of the screen shows how many Hints you have. The number will increase as you make progress solving the puzzle.

Keep an eye on the sunburst above the Color button. When this is fully charged, click on it and you can fill in a part of the board that you choose.

Fantasy Mosaics 9 – Portal in the Woods Walkthrough

On an ordinary afternoon outing, a portal suddenly opens and sucks the penguin family away. Dumped in a mysterious land, they need your help finding their way home. Find the hidden images in the nonograms to rescue the lost penguins.

Fantasy Mosaics 9 - Portal in de Woods - 2

Fantasy Mosaics 9 – Portal in de Woods – 2

1. Find a Way Back Home
The first location in this game is an innocent looking forest. Using the numbers on the side and top of the grid, figure out where the colored tiles go. The images in this level are an Apple, Pepper, the Northern Lights, a Little Bird, and Alice. What is that mysterious potion Alice is drinking? When you complete these five levels, you receive the Flower of Pure Beauty.

Fantasy Mosaics 9 - Portal in de Woods - 3

Fantasy Mosaics 9 – Portal in de Woods – 3

2. Abandoned Castle
The first three pictures you uncover at this location are the Clover, Eclipse, and Goose. Then time shifts. The colored tiles take the shape of a dinosaur. Finishing the Jurassic and Cat puzzles gets a reward: a Playful Cat comes to enjoy your garden.

Fantasy Mosaics 9 - Portal in de Woods - 4

Fantasy Mosaics 9 – Portal in de Woods – 4

3. Nature
It seems you have crossed into the realm of fairy tales. In this location, after you uncover a Ferris Wheel, Fashion, and a Pheasant, you encounter a mysterious young lady wearing a red hat who is being chased by a wolf. After discovering the final clue, a mango, your garden is graced with the appearance of the Moss of New Beginnings.

Fantasy Mosaics 9 - Portal in de Woods - 5

Fantasy Mosaics 9 – Portal in de Woods – 5

4. Castle on the Rock
Perhaps we have crossed paths with Br’er Rabbit. In this location, the colorful pictures you reveal are a Basset Hound, Swings, Bumble Bee, Branch of Briar, and a Mouse. The winds of change are blowing. Your garden now sports the Windmill of Everlasting Cycle.

Fantasy Mosaics 9 - Portal in de Woods - 6

Fantasy Mosaics 9 – Portal in de Woods – 6

5. In the WOODS
This location offers a menagerie of clues. Find a Zoo, Evidence, Chihuahua, Mister Cat, and a Scientist. There is something odd about that cat. Is he wearing boots? Finding all the clues in this location adds the Tree Stump House of Hospitality to your garden.

Fantasy Mosaics 9 - Portal in de Woods - 7

Fantasy Mosaics 9 – Portal in de Woods – 7

6. Snow Storm
What do Zucchini, Ice Cream, Winter Things, Elk, and a Van have in common? They are all items you find in the puzzles in this location. They may seem mundane, but solving these puzzles ushers the Fairy Queen of Magic into your garden.

Fantasy Mosaics 9 - Portal in de Woods - 8

Fantasy Mosaics 9 – Portal in de Woods – 8

7. Ancient River
Will the penguins ever escape this cryptic world? Along the Ancient River you find a Musical Fountain, Dinosaur, Gates, Squirrel, and a Conductor. For figuring out these mysterious puzzles, you are granted the Mushroom of Mystery.

Fantasy Mosaics 9 - Portal in de Woods - 9

Fantasy Mosaics 9 – Portal in de Woods – 9

8. Wonders of Nature
This level, for the most part, revels in the natural world. You discover a Cactus, Cannon, Gnome, Papaya, and Puppy. It must be the Gnome that allows the Vines of Chaos into your garden.

Fantasy Mosaics 9 - Portal in de Woods - 10

Fantasy Mosaics 9 – Portal in de Woods – 10

9. Ocean
Enjoy the underwater scenery in this location as you reveal a Robot, Princess, Colosseum, Ram, and a Pickup Truck. Princesses are the stuff of fairy tales, so it seems fitting to earn the Cup of Fairy Tales after completing this location.

Fantasy Mosaics 9 - Portal in de Woods - 11

Fantasy Mosaics 9 – Portal in de Woods – 11

10. Snow
Stay warm as you travel through this snow covered landscape. Here you find Potatoes, Mountains, a Slide, Ducks, and a Flowerbed. As proof to your perseverance through the cold, your garden now sports the Heart of Protection.

Fantasy Mosaics 9 - Portal in de Woods - 12

Fantasy Mosaics 9 – Portal in de Woods – 12

Fairy Tale
Have we just gone in a giant circle? Fortunately, even though the background seems familiar the puzzles are not. Now this location features, a Rocking Chair, Window, Dodo, Cutlery, and a Museum. When you visit your garden next you find the Dragon Fly of New Life.

Fantasy Mosaics 9 - Portal in de Woods - 13

Fantasy Mosaics 9 – Portal in de Woods – 13

12. Abandoned Castle
This time through the Abandoned Castle you discover a Lemon, Owl, Garden, Safe, and Carousel. Once puzzling out these pictures, the Books of Memories appears in your garden.

Fantasy Mosaics 9 - Portal in de Woods - 14

Fantasy Mosaics 9 – Portal in de Woods – 14

13. Nature
While the background is again the Nature scene, the pictures you reveal are mostly manufactured. You see a Carpet, Theater, Collie, Dentistry, and a Seal. As you are coming closer to finding the way back home, the Ring of Supernatural is now in your garden.

Fantasy Mosaics 9 - Portal in de Woods - 15

Fantasy Mosaics 9 – Portal in de Woods – 15

14. Castle on the Rock
We again see the castle high up on the cliff, but this second time around definitely has much harder puzzles. This location hides a Road Kit, Secret, Swings, Lobster, and a Sky Diver. Now that you have the Secret, you gain the Scroll of Knowledge.

Fantasy Mosaics 9 - Portal in de Woods - 16

Fantasy Mosaics 9 – Portal in de Woods – 16

15. In the WOODS
After you fuel up at the Gas Station, you come across a Crane, Printer, Wild Apples, and a Water Park. The fun of the water park must be what brings the Bird of Happiness to you.

Fantasy Mosaics 9 - Portal in de Woods - 17

Fantasy Mosaics 9 – Portal in de Woods – 17

16. Snow Storm
Now you can use your puzzle solving skills to find a Party Popper, Baby, Bird of Prey, Stethoscope, and Saturn. The party continues when the Soup Bubbled of Childhood settles in your garden.

Fantasy Mosaics 9 - Portal in de Woods - 18

Fantasy Mosaics 9 – Portal in de Woods – 18

17. Ancient River
Can you feel how close you are to finding the way back? In this location you reveal a Helicopter, Kettle, Ostrich, Housewares and Cloudberry. To aid your search, you are granted the Magnifying Glass of Hidden Things.

Fantasy Mosaics 9 - Portal in de Woods - 19

Fantasy Mosaics 9 – Portal in de Woods – 19

18. Wonders of Nature
Keep fighting the good fight. Use the number grid clues to discover a Warrior, Watch, Circus, Basketball, and Onion Man. Solving all the puzzles in this location brings you the Bell of Insights. You’ll need that to solve the final two locations.

Fantasy Mosaics 9 - Portal in de Woods - 20

Fantasy Mosaics 9 – Portal in de Woods – 20

Ocean
Back to the bottom of the sea you go. The colored tiles here create pictures of a Fried Egg, Philosopher, Bear, Eel, and Ecology. Now you are given the Key to the Unknown. Use that to unlock the final location in the penguin’s search.

Fantasy Mosaics 9 - Portal in de Woods - 21

Fantasy Mosaics 9 – Portal in de Woods – 21

20. Snow
Only five more puzzles to go before you find the magic door and bring the penguins back to the real world. The pictures you create here are Tennis, St. Bernard, Tulip, Kiwi, and Flower.

Fantasy Mosaics 9 - Portal in de Woods - 22

Fantasy Mosaics 9 – Portal in de Woods – 22

Congratulations! You have found the PORTAL. Wait. It is called PORTAL to a New Universe. But have the penguins actually made it home? Your garden is complete, but you need to play the next installment of Fantasy Mosaics to see where the penguins have gone.

Fantasy Mosaics 9 - Portal in de Woods - 23

Fantasy Mosaics 9 – Portal in de Woods – 23

Tips and Tricks

• Fill in the biggest numbers first. Sometimes filling in large number going one way you gives you valuable clues for going the other way.
• Switch colors. If you are struggling, switching to a different color may help. Don’t be afraid to cycle through the colors many times as you solve these puzzles.
• Start from the outside. When you place a colored tile on the edge of the puzzle, you know exactly how many colored tiles you can mark off from that edge.
• Remember to use Hints and Starburst.
This walk through is meant to guide you through the game’s basics, and does not include serials, hacks, or cheats.

 

Congratulations! You’ve completed our Fantasy Mosaics 9 – Portal in de Woods Walkthrough!
For more great tips and tricks, visit our blog! Similar games:
Mystery Mosaics
Fantasy Mosaics 11 – Fleeing from Dinosaurs
The Fantasy Mosaics 9 – Portal in the Woods Walkthrough is meant as a guide and does not contain cheats, hacks, or serials.

The post Fantasy Mosaics 9 – Portal in the Woods Walkthrough appeared first on GameHouse.

Mystery Case Files – Shadow Lake Walkthrough

$
0
0

If literature has taught us anything, it’s that you shouldn’t dig anything up that’s been buried under the floorboards, no matter how much noise it makes. Unfortunately, one of the inmates at a prison in Bitterford, Maine didn’t get the memo, and dug up a whole mess of trouble when he uncovered a mysterious artifact from the floor of his cell. This was back in 1973, but the effects of that ungodly object still haunt the town of Bitterford to this day. In Mystery Case Files – Shadow Lake, you are entrusted with the investigation of the mysterious events that unfolded at Bitterford so long ago. With the help of a psychic companion (voiced by the peerless Lea Thompson), get to the bottom of this nastiness and make darn sure it never happens again. This gameplay walk through contains information about the levels in the game and a walkthrough with some tips and tricks to help solve the case and cheat death.

Contents

Mystery Case Files – Shadow Lake Walkthrough

Part 1: Drive Motel

Go to the back of the van and talk to Jack Talon: he has some important information to impart to you. After that, walk down one screen and check the dumpster to obtain the Phone Receiver and Phone Base, then go forward to the next screen and enter Room No. 2. In there, open the left door and look through the hole, then take the Quarter in the top right drawer of the TV stand. On the sheet of paper in the drawer where you found the Quarter is a written phone number: make a note of it for later. Mess with the antenna on the right of the TV to see a short dispatch, and then you will obtain the Bent Antenna for your inventory. Turn off the TV when you’re done: no need to waste power.

Heading back outside, use the Bent Antenna in the window to the left of the door to the motel to get access to the guestbook. Opening the book will add an important phone number to your notes for later, so be sure to do that. Heading back to Room No. 2, check out the notebook in the satchel lying on the bed to find out the safe combination. On the wall is a coin slot: insert the Quarter and turn the level to the max, marked as ‘You Animal.’ This will move the bed to the side, allowing you to plug in the Phone Base and Phone Receiver on the nightstand by the bed. Give Kelly’s phone a call, and you’ll hear it ringing in the bag under the TV stand. You can check it to find another clue as to the safe combination.

Head into the next room, which has been converted into a photo darkroom. Resting on the shelf in the top left corner is a piece of Photo Paper you can grab. Take a close look at the instructions posted on the left wall, then place the Photo Paper in the tray on the table to the far left. Push the button on the left, then wait for the appropriate amount of time based on the instruction sheet and push the button again. Remove the Photo Paper from the first tray and place it in and out of the subsequent trays until it reaches the last one, becoming a piece of Exposed Photo Paper. It is on this photo you will find the last part of the safe combination.

Go back into the previous room and input the safe combination into the safe in the wall next to the TV. When you open it, grab the Motel Key from inside and leave the room, heading over to Room No. 1. Use the Motel Key to enter the room and grab the Infrared Camera and Night-Vision Goggles. Then, head into the next room, obscured by the pile of boxes on the right side, and you’ll have a short conversation with Cassandra. After bending your ear, Cassandra will give you some Drawings. Finally, open the Map found in the bottom-right corner of the screen and head to the next area: the Shadow Lake Penitentiary…

Mystery Case Files - Shadow Lake - Safe

Mystery Case Files – Shadow Lake – Safe

Part 2: Shadow Lake Penitentiary

You should now find yourself outside the entrance of the mysterious Shadow Lake Penitentiary. Before entering, place the Drawing you received from Cassandra over the window in the top right to receive the Charged Drawing. Then you can enter the penitentiary. Once inside, press the recorder resting on the barred window sill to the left. Then, knock over and pick up the Stone Ball on the pillar to your right, adding it to your inventory. On the railing next to where you obtained the Stone Ball is a Prison Key: take it and use it to open the lock on the door in front of you.

The next few rooms contain a Hidden Object Puzzle, with all the needed objects to be found in the surrounding area. Some of them are in this first room, but the majority of the hidden objects can be found in the administration room to your left, including a Small Silver Key that can be used to open a locked cabinet in the previous room. When all the hidden objects have been found and the puzzle solved, head back into the administration room.

The gate leading further into the penitentiary is closed, and you’ll need to solve a puzzle in order to advance further. The solution to this one is simple: just place the larger pieces across from the proportionately smaller pieces, resulting in the largest left piece having the smallest right piece, the next largest left piece having the next smallest right piece, and so on until the smallest left piece has the largest right piece. Solving this puzzle will allow you to open the gate and continue to the next area after pulling on the ring in the center.

Mystery Case Files - Shadow Lake - Gate

Mystery Case Files – Shadow Lake – Gate

In the next room, open the nearby ‘M’ labeled file cabinet and pull up the file for Jaime Monihan. Then, place the Stone Ball in the open cabinet stacked on top of another to knock it over, granting you access to the ceiling hole by climbing up the cabinets. Through the hole on the left wall is the beginning of another Hidden Object Puzzle, which when solved can be used to charge another Drawing. Heading back down the hole, charge one Drawing on Jaime’s file, one on the floor of the administration room, one by the stairs in the main room, and one on the pile of rubble where you first obtained the Stone Ball.

Use the Map to go back to Cassandra’s office, and give her the Charged Drawings. She will give you a puzzle to solve. When you’re finished, return to the penitentiary and go through the hole in the ceiling found in the storage room. Go over to the desk and open the nearby drawer to unlock the location of the next area on your map, the Warden’s House

Mystery Case Files - Shadow Lake - Puzzle Chapter 1

Mystery Case Files – Shadow Lake – Puzzle Chapter 1

Part 3: The Warden’s House

Head over to the Warden’s House using the Map. In the pile of logs to the right of the house, grab the Rusty Axe, then enter the house through the front door to begin another Hidden Object Puzzle. This puzzle begins in the foyer but continues into the kitchen through the doorway directly in front of you, with most of the remaining items being found in the junk drawer. Also in the junk drawer is a Fuse, your reward for solving the Hidden Object Puzzle.

Look through the keyhole of the door to your left and try not to get spooked too hard. After that, open the door and use the Night-Vision Goggles to see. There are some small Bolt Cutters to be found on the nearby shelf, and the Fuse goes in the fusebox in the top-left. Leave this room and the kitchen, and head up the nearby stairs.

Go through the door on the left and grab the Wires in the tent. Head back outside and use the Bolt Cutters to open the power box on the outside wall and begin a puzzle. For this puzzle, the Wires you collected must be used to restore power to the Warden’s House. There are plugs with different numbers and colors: pairs of like color/number combinations must be connected with similarly colored wires. The numbers indicate how many spaces the wire has to use when connecting, so two 5 plugs must be connected by a wire that is 5 spaces long. Refer to the following screenshot if you get stuck to see the puzzle’s solution:

Mystery Case Files - Shadow Lake - Wires Puzzle

Mystery Case Files – Shadow Lake – Wires Puzzle

After finishing the puzzle, return to Cassandra and take the next set of Drawings that need to be charged.
With power now restored to the house, heading back upstairs to the tent room will trigger a Hidden Object Puzzle. Be sure to check the loose floorboard to find all the items. After completing this puzzle, go down to the now lit basement and use the Rusty Axe on the large machine on the bench to the left to get the Sharpened Axe, which can be used to chop down the branch blocking the path upstairs.

Enter the bedroom previously blocked by the fallen tree and look under the bed for another spooky. Then, check the back of the picture frame on the shelf to the right and open the back to find a letter. Part of the letter can be used to charge one of the Drawings. The other locations where the drawings are charged are on the report card in the tent room, the downstairs foyer, the kitchen, the basement, and the top-right corner of the house from the outside.

Mystery Case Files - Shadow Lake - Letter

Mystery Case Files – Shadow Lake – Letter

Return to Cassandra with the Charged Drawings to receive another matching puzzle. Solving this puzzle will reveal another clue, as well as the next location for your investigation: the School. When you’re ready, use the Map to head over.

Mystery Case Files - Shadow Lake - Drawings Puzzle

Mystery Case Files – Shadow Lake – Drawings Puzzle

Part 4: The School

Leaning against the shed to the left of the schoolhouse is a Crowbar you can add to your inventory. Take it, then go through the front door of the schoolhouse to start another Hidden Object Puzzle. Once you solve the puzzle, use the Night-Vision Goggles on the dark room ahead. Touching the nearby ghost will kill your goggles, but don’t worry: the Crowbar you grabbed earlier can be used to pry off the boards on the window, illuminating your environment.

Using the Chalk found on the nearby chalkboard, finish the game of Hangman someone else started. The solution is the phrase “You are too late.” Grabbing the Teacher’s Desk Key in the locker, open the desk to find a message about Billy, as well as a confiscated Knife and Lighter. Open Billy’s locker to find a Baseball Card, then head back to Cassandra and get the Drawings.

Going back to the school, open the trunk on the ground to the right of the schoolhouse to find a letter, as well as an Extension Cord and some Video Tape. Next to that is a tripod, where you should place the Infrared Camera. Now, head over to the playground and flip the seat to discover the name Sam: opening his locker will yield a very dangerous M80. This is used to blow up the lock on the shed, and can be lit with the Lighter.

Enter the shed and grab all the items to solve the Hidden Object Puzzle, then go back to the playground. Go to the sandbox and fill the Castle Bucket and Round Bucket. Use the Castle Bucket three times to make three sand castles, then use the Round Bucket to make the center one taller. Adorn the three castle with the three Shells, then place the Army Man and the Flag on top. This will allow you to charge one of the Drawings when you take a step back.

The other Drawings can be charged by examining the shed, the classroom, the locker room and the toy box. Then, head back to the Warden’s House and place the Baseball Card with the others in the sleeve found on the bed in the tent room to charge the final Drawing. Take the drawings back to Cassandra and solve the puzzle she gives you.

Mystery Case Files - Shadow Lake - Jigsaw Puzzle

Mystery Case Files – Shadow Lake – Jigsaw Puzzle

Head over to Room No. 2 in the motel and use the Video Tape on the TV. Now, head back to the School and knock down the boards leaning against the wall in the locker room. This will reveal a pulley mechanism which will extend a ladder after breaking it with the Knife. Take the ladder to the roof and open the bag to see a drawing that tells you where to go next on your Map: the Teacher’s House…

Part 5: The Teacher’s House

Head over to the Teacher’s House from the Map and enter the front door to begin another Hidden Object Puzzle. Once solved, check the nearby bookcase and open the book on the Amaseconti Tribe to reveal another spot on the Map.

Go into the garage and open the cabinet to get the Lug Wrench and Isopropyl Alcohol. Two cinder blocks can be placed under the missing wheel of the car to recover the Car Jack and add it to your inventory. Finally, open the Map and head Downtown to move on to the next area.

Part 6: The Downtown Library

Before heading to the library, grab the Spare Tire from the nearby car. Then, after moving forward one screen, head to the Library on your right and use the Crowbar to smash out the right window, allowing you to unlock and open the door. There will be another Hidden Object Puzzle you must solve, giving you the Car Key.

On the nearby desk are some documents you can examine, with some information having to do with the number 600. Open the card catalog to the 600 section and read the hidden note, then continue through the front door. In the next room, move the ladder so you can access the book titled ‘My Life Under the Steel Hood.’ This will reveal important information for later.

Place the Crowbar under one of the bookshelves and use it twice to reveal a door you can pass through. Leaf through the pages of the nearby book and find another clue. Once you’re finished here, head back to Cassandra to get some more Drawings to charge.

One of the Drawings can be charged in the master bedroom of the Warden’s House, in the trunk by his bed. The rest of the Drawings can be charged Downtown: one on the hanging Doctor sign, one on the front door of the Library, one on the brick wall near the next doorway inside, one on the back window to the far left, and one on the ground by the book with the clue.

Go back to Cassandra with the Charged Drawings and she will have another puzzle for you to solve. This one seems to point toward the Coroner’s Office, so pull up the Map and head back Downtown to get there, and to the next part of the game.

Mystery Case Files - Shadow Lake - Puzzle Chapter 6

Mystery Case Files – Shadow Lake – Puzzle Chapter 6

Parts 7: The Coroner’s Office

Heading forward from Downtown, the Coroner’s Office is on the left. Grab the Sandbag leaning on the side, then use the Car Jack, Lug Wrench and Spare Tire to replace the wheel on the nearby car. The Isopropyl  Alcohol goes in the gas tank and the Bent Antenna is used to open the lock from inside the window. Now, place the Car Key in the ignition and the Sandbag on the pedal to make the car crash into the Drugstore, letting you go inside.

Inside the drugstore is some Plaster of Paris and a Screwdriver: grab both. Then, grab a Quarter from the shelf on your right and use it on the Pachinko machine in the corner to start another puzzle.

Pachinko is a very popular gambling game in Japan. The object of this puzzle is to drop Pachinko balls into the slots and get 100,000 points. Pressing the red button makes the Pachinko balls drop, and depending on the trajectory the balls will bounce off the numerous pegs and fall into one of the five holes. There isn’t much you can do to manipulate the route the balls take, so feel free to rapidly press the button until you run out of Pachinko balls. If you fail to get enough points, you can grab another Quarter on the nearby shelf and try again.
Once you’ve won, remove the screws with the Screwdriver and take the Pharmacy Key.

Mystery Case Files - Shadow Lake - Pachinko Machine

Mystery Case Files – Shadow Lake – Pachinko Machine

Use the Pharmacy Key on the roof latch and climb through. Place the Ladder between the two buildings to make a bridge. Cross it, then tie the Extension Cord to the nearby pipe and use it to rappel down the side. The Knife is used on the window’s locking mechanism, allowing you to enter the room.

In the nearby closet and the room to the left are the items needed to solve the subsequent Hidden Object Puzzle, as well as some Tape and a Piano Roll. In the room to the right of the left doorway, place the Piano Roll in the glass compartment of the nearby piano. Pull the lever and pay attention to what keys are hit: you will have to match them to solve the puzzle and go through the door.

On the bulletin board, take the Bobby Pin and examine the photo in the envelope. At this time, you can head back to Cassandra and receive more Drawings to charge, but head right back to this room after and go through the back door, starting another Hidden Object Puzzle. After solving, place the Plaster of Paris in the sink and fill it with water, then place four Books on the nearby shelf.

The Test Tubes and Weights you have collected previously go on the test tube rack and scale respectively, and should match up with the Drawings you collected from Cassandra. Once they’re matched, use them and the nearby bookshelf to charge three Drawings. Heading back, two Drawings go on the photo on the bulletin board and on the wall by the Pachinko Machine.

Exit the Drugstore and walk down a few more times to reach the Sheriff’s Office, where the Bobby Pin and Screwdriver are used to pick the lock. Lift the tumblers from slowest to fastest and the door should open no problem. Go through it.

Take a look at the Sebec lake area of the map. Now look towards the books and look at the one titled 1601-1700. Use the Drawing here. Head through the door and into the evidence room. This will activate a Hidden Object Scene for you. Once you complete it, use the Stethoscope with the dial. This will trigger a pile where you rotate the dial. The solution goes as follows: Clockwise to “S”, Counterclockwise to “E”, Clockwise to “B”, Counterclockwise to “E”, Clockwise to “C”.

Collect the Hockey Mask and listen to the message. Note “1142”. Now you can go back to Cassandra in her motel room. You will give her the Charged Drawings. Now all that is left to do is to solve the medium’s puzzle. Bring the matching pieces together. Correct answers will lock together.

Open the map and proceed to Trestle road.

Mystery Case Files - Shadow Lake - Drawings Chapter 7

Mystery Case Files – Shadow Lake – Drawings Chapter 7

Part 8: Trestle Road

Study the truck and go into the glove compartment. Here, locate all the items on the list. Now take a look under the truck. There is a wallet. Open it and grab the note before going back to the Sheriff’s Office where you’ll get a message from Cassandra. Go to her hotel room and collect the Drawings.

Make your way back to the Sheriff’s Office and go back to the books. Open the ones titled “1101-1200”. Remember the death date: 815 before using the Drawing here. Now take a closer look and place the Drawing again. Make your way to the evidence room. Put the code 815 into the locked box. Collect the Warden’s Keys from inside and use the first Drawing then the second Drawing inside the box. Head back to Trestle Road and use the 2 Drawings on the truck, then on the bush. Go back to Cassandra in her motel room and you will give her the Charged Drawings once again.

Now there is another puzzle to solve. Pull the correct pieces together. They will snap together when the correct pieces touch. When you’re done, go to the Church.

Mystery Case Files - Shadow Lake - Puzzle Chapter 8

Mystery Case Files – Shadow Lake – Puzzle Chapter 8

 

Part 9: The Church

Outside the Church, use the Ladder on the building before going inside the church. The hatch ring will break when you pull on it so use the Knife on the hatch and head through. You’ll be given a list of items to find. Collect them all by looking closer at the pews on the right, left, and at the center. In the back you can take a closer look to get the Church Key. Now open a curtain and take a closer look at the stained glass window, where you can use the Church Key to start a puzzle. Connect the points of light without crossing over the same path twice.

Mystery Case Files - Shadow Lake - Church

Mystery Case Files – Shadow Lake – Church

Head back to Cassandra’s room. She’ll give you more Drawings. Now go to the Church again and move forward. Collect the Torn Page and Doctor’s Bag. There is a pile of rocks to take a closer look at and use the Doctor’s Bag on the relic. Collect the Relic-In-Bag.

 

Now it’s time to place the Drawings. You’ll want to do this to the lower right of the skeleton, back in the pew area between the left picture and the door, the floor on the left when looking down the hatch, outside the church on the broken fence on the left, on the rock wall towards the right outside the truck, and in the tower when standing outside the broken building. Make sure you collect the Ladder from the church. Now go back to Cassandra in her room and you’ll give her the Charged Drawings. Now pull all the pieces of the puzzle together.

Mystery Case Files - Shadow Lake - Puzzle Chapter 9

Mystery Case Files – Shadow Lake – Puzzle Chapter 9

 

Part 10: The Relic

Go back to Trestle Road. Take a closer look at the rocks and remove them, starting with the top one on the right, moving across to the next two, then taking the one from below that in the center. Go inside and look closer at the wall, then look closer again. Now head back to the prison administration office.

 

Use the Ladder on the grate and look closer. Remove all four screws using the Screwdriver. After taking the grate down, use your Night-Vision Goggles on the shaft. Now you can collect the Video Tape that’s in the lower left. Unlock the lock with the Warden’s Keys and go through the door. Here you can take a better look at the calendar hanging on the wall. If you remove it you can collect a Spoon. If you head further in twice you’ll run into Cassandra. Go down four times over and recollect the Ladder. Now make your way back to the Teacher’s House.

 

On the bookcase you’ll find a book called “Amaseconti Tribe”. Use the Torn Page on the book then flip the page. Now go back to the reading room in the Downtown Library. Use the Torn Page in the red book. Now go up onto the pharmacy roof and use the Ladder to go across and get to the autopsy room. When you look in the sink there is a Fake Relic inside the mold. Use the plaster of Paris in the mold, close it, and turn on the water. Step back five times and recollect the Ladder.

 

Go back to the prison administration office and use the Ladder on the shaft once again while using the Night-Vision Goggles. Go through the door then the hole in the wall. Go forward again. Use the Spoon on the candle behind Cassandra. Now take a closer look at the Relic before switching it with the Fake Relic. Go ahead one screen and use the Relic to start a puzzle by placing it in the niche.

Mystery Case Files - Shadow Lake - Relic

Mystery Case Files – Shadow Lake – Relic

Switch around the titles to spell out “We release you spirits”. This puzzle is random. Look in your Case Book for the proper places to place the pegs. Now collect the Relic again before looking at the map and going to Shadow Lake. Take a closer look at the pier and throw the Relic into the water. Go back to the motel. Take a look at the TV and use the video camera with the Video Tape. Watch it before returning to Cassandra’s room.

 

Congratulations! You’ve completed Mystery Case Files – Shadow Lake!

For more great tips and tricks, visit our blog!

 

The Mystery Case Files – Shadow Lake Walkthrough is meant as a guide and does not contain cheats, hacks or serials.

The post Mystery Case Files – Shadow Lake Walkthrough appeared first on GameHouse.

Regency Solitaire Gameplay Walkthrough

$
0
0

Regency Solitaire is a love story about Bella the eldest daughter of King George III and his wife Charlotte in 1812 England. Bella is a single roman, looking for a husband. Her brother, Edward gambles away the families fortune, making it very difficult for Bella to attend the social balls and events that would allow her to meet a potential husband. She dreams of meeting and potentially marrying Lord Worthington, a handsome and wealthy man in the region.

Contents

Regency Solitaire Gameplay Walkthrough

She asks her father whether she will ever have her own ball so that she can sway Lord Worthington to marry her. Her father reminds her that they have lost their fortune and are not able to put on a fancy ball. He suggests that she settle on marrying their neighbor, Mr. Bleakley, who does not mind that she has no fortune. She is not at all interested in Mr. Bleakley. Her mother encourages her to try to go to balls and meet a more suitable man. Bella sets out to restore her family’s wealth and realize her dream of marrying Lord Worthington.

Regency Solitaire - Map

Regency Solitaire – Map

The game starts out at Bella’s home. It is a game of solitaire with a few twists and turns. Start by clicking on the card that is one number higher or lower than the card facing up on deck in lower right hand of screen. An ace can go over the King and vice versa. The 2 over the Ace and vice versa. When there are no more valid plays, click on deck of cards that are face down in the middle of the screen to turn one card face up. If you get 6 cards turned over before you have to turn a card up (combo), you get one pearl at the top. Each time you get the next higher number in combo (7 straight, 8 straight. Etc..) you get another pearl. These are used at the end of each hand to multiply your score.

Regency Solitaire - RomanBaths

Regency Solitaire – RomanBaths

If you have zero cards remaining on the playing screen, you get a Perfect Score.

• Perfect Score = 3 stars
• 1 card remaining = 2 stars
• 2 cards remaining = 1 star
• More than 2 cards = 0 stars

Regency Solitaire - Perfect

Regency Solitaire – Perfect

Scoring of Each Hand

When you finish a hand, you will receive a score based on your performance. Each card turned over, gives you money towards Bella’s clothing and other things she needs for her ball. If you had one or more combos in the hand, your score is increased by the multiplier you earned. In addition, if you got a perfect score, you get 500 bonus points. Some tips and tricks for scoring well; replay hands that you have scored low in. You need to get as many points as possible to power-up your game.

Object of the Game

With each hand that is played, more points are earned. Therefore, you are closer to Bella’s Ball. Periodically along the way you are given the option to buy things to help Bella along, therefore, you are closer to Bella’s Ball. One level that is FREE is when Bella’s mother offers an old trunk to Bella. In it she finds a fancy fan. With each new item, the game gets more a bit more complicated. After mama’s trunk, you have the option to buy Bella a new ballroom gown. The gown has a price tag. If you have enough money to buy the dress, you get more options in the next hand. Another item you can purchase for Bella are long white gloves for the ball. You may decide to buy them or not, depending on how much money you have. (This is determined by you score). If you purchase the gloves, you get to undo moves per hand after that. If you purchase Edwards portrait, it turns over 15 percent of the cards at the start of each level.

Regency Solitaire - Ballroom

Regency Solitaire – Ballroom

Each chapter of the game has a different set of requirements, like finding items hidden beneath cards or getting different combo sets. There will be different types of cards along the way as well. You will encounter locks on cards, and you have to uncover the keys to unlock them before you can see the cards underneath.

Options that Come Up Along the Way

There are several things tips and tricks that can help you score higher in each hand. These options come up as you make more purchases for Bella.

• Find the Fancy Fan in Mama’s trunk, gives us a wildcard. This gives you an extra card to play in a pinch.

• The undo button, lets you undo a wrong move. If you buy the long white gloves, you get 2 instead of 1 for each hand.

• If you get the Cupid Statuette, at the end of a hand, if you have one card remaining, you can shoot it and get a perfect score.

Regency Solitaire - Combo

Regency Solitaire – Combo

Each Chapter has goals and things that need to be accomplished. Examples include, earn 400 gold coins, get 3 perfect hands, find an item or get 2.2 multiplier. You will encounter many different things along the way. Each Chapter offers new powers to use in reaching the ultimate goal. Use your head to make the right moves and choices along the way. Bella is depending on you to help make her dreams come true. You simply follow the steps to achieve each goal. When you quit the game, you can pick up right where you left off, when you come back. Be sure not to miss any of the tips and tricks for getting a perfect score with each hand.

Regency Solitaire - Folly

Regency Solitaire – Folly

With each step you gain more power. You can destroy cards, reshuffle the deck and other helpful features. You can pick up wildcards and joker cards to help you out of tight spots. Along the way you will earn greater combos, more money and more points. you gain additional abilities, such as destroying cards or reshuffling the deck. You can also pick up wildcards and jokers throughout the game, allowing you to play greater combos and earn more points and money.

Regency Solitaire - Henry's Estate

Regency Solitaire – Henry’s Estate

Features that Can Be Added Along the Way

• Choose which items to buy at the end of each chapter. (These increase your playing options).
• Decorate the ballroom with coins you have earned.
• Change the backgrounds and the look of the cards.
• Classical music plays while you play.
• 180 levels
• Choice normal level or more difficulty.
• Re-playable hands. You must replay them immediately. Otherwise, you will have to replay the whole Chapter when you return.
• The hand-drawn artwork is beautiful. This is not a quick game, but the aesthetics make it a nice journey.

The game is set up for long play times. It has a great soundtrack that is pleasant to listen to, along with the pictures and story line to keep you focus. It adds variety to the simple game of solitaire, in a way you never could have imagined.

Path the Game Takes

The game starts at Bella’s home, then moves to Bath, where her Godmother, Lady Fleetwood, invites her to a ball. She moves through a number of different places on her way to rebuilding her family fortune and moving towards her goal of marriage. When you finish each hand, you advance the story. With each step you are trying to help Bella get closer to her dream, by finding objects she will need, and collecting money to furnish her home and prepare for the ball she will have. You are able to purchase items to decorate the Ballroom and prepare for the big event, as well as purchase clothes and accessories for Bella to wear to attract your beau.

Regency Solitaire - Shop

Regency Solitaire – Shop

Finally, Bella is able to the Ball at her home. Lord Worthington meets her family, and has fallen in love with Bella. He asks for her hand in marriage. They marry and live happily ever after.

 

 

Congratulations! You’ve completed our Regency Solitaire Walkthrough!

 

For more great tips and tricks, visit our blog!

 

The Regency Solitaire Walkthrough is meant as a guide and does not contain cheats, hacks, or serials.

The post Regency Solitaire Gameplay Walkthrough appeared first on GameHouse.

Legend of Gallant Walkthrough

$
0
0

It’s a crazy world out there. They’re everywhere, living among us, watching our every move. Your significant other, your closest friend, your childhood heartthrob – any or all of them could be wizards in disguise. And in the land of Legend of Gallant, gameplay walkthrough is king, for it is the only thing that can keep their evil actions at bay. Your task is to harness these tips and tricks, read these guides, and cheat death at the hands of those nasty wizards by building structures and matching gems.

Contents

Legend of Gallant Walkthrough

Gameplay Breakdown

Legend of Gallant is a Match-3 puzzler. This means that the object of the game is to match three or more sets of colored gems, vertically or horizontally. Matching three or more gems will result in them disappearing from the board, with more gems taking their place by falling. Matching four or more will result in the creation of Wizard Torches or Wizard Bombs. Occasionally, additional tasks will be added, such as guiding a specific tile to the bottom of the screen or fighting off telepathic wizard attacks.

Legend of Gallant - 01

Legend of Gallant – 01

Story Breakdown

There was a time before the modern day, when wizards ruled supreme. An iron fist clenched the world, but a group on benevolent wizards called The Ancients sealed up all magic energy into a magic crystal, hoping to contain the power and keep the world safe from those no-good wizards. However, Irimar the Warlock, the least good of all the wizards, shattered the magic crystal and released magic across the land once more, terrorizing the common folk. Now it is up to Gallant and his band of adventurers to stop Irimar and the other wizards by constructing Altars out of Mithrial Stone and summon The Ancients, so they might seal all the world’s magic once more.

Item List

Fire Gem: This square red gem harnesses the power of flame, or logos, in the words of noted wizard Heraclitus. Connecting any amount of these gems will help fill your Amulet, but connecting three of these rewards points, connecting four rewards a Wizard Torch, and connecting five rewards a Wizard Bomb.

Legend of Gallant - 02

Legend of Gallant – 02

Wind Gem: This diamond teal gem, much like Odysseus’ mythical bag (a gift from a wizard), controls the Four Winds which shake and rattle trees, the Earth’s bones. Along with filling your Amulet, connecting three Wind Gems gives points, four gives points and a Wizard Torch, and five gives points and a Wizard Bomb.

Lightning Gem: This triangular yellow gem summons the diving lightning, often seen erupting from the hands of space wizards like Sheev Palpatine. Connect three of these to earn points, but you can get a Wizard Torch with four and a Wizard Bomb with five. Also, it fills your Amulet!

Leaf Gem: Originally exclusive to the Far East, this green pentagon gem was localized for Western wizards and their Amulets recently. It harnesses the power of trees, the Earth’s bones, and matching three, four or five of them will grant points, a Wizard Torch, and a Wizard Bomb respectively.

Water Gem: Popularized as the official gem of noted wizard den Tio Esteban’s Aqua World, this pyramid blue gem harnesses the power of water and fills the Amulets of adventurers. When water enters a cup it becomes the cup; when it enters the teapot, it becomes the teapot. Water can flow, and it can crash, and it can also create points, Wizard Torches, and Wizard Bombs when matched in groups of three, four, or five.

Heart Gem: The often overlooked Heart Gem is a pink circular gem that allows wizards to commune with animals, like famed Planeteer Maa-ti. This gem, much like the other color gems, fills your Amulet and rewards points when matched in threes, Wizard Torches when matched in fours, and Wizard Bombs when matched in fives.

Tao Gem: Little is known about this purple hex gem with a little squiggly inside it. What little information gained from the secret wizard inner circle we’ve managed to discover is that matching three of them will make points, four will make Wizard Torches, and five will make Wizard Bombs. In addition, matching these gems will help fill your Amulet.

Legend of Gallant - 03

Legend of Gallant – 03

Mithrial Stone: This rare mineral does not generate Points, Wizard Torches or Wizard Bombs, because it is not an evil wizard creation, but a natural bounty for the realm of normies. When these rare materials appear in your view, guiding them to the bottom of the screen will allow you to collect the Mithrial within, furthering your own aims.

Wizard Torch: These powerful flame pockets, shaped like a fire flower, are created when four color gems are matched. They fill the spot of one color gem on the board, and when swapped with any gem it will combust. The effect of this combustion is that all surrounding gems will be consumed, up to a maximum of eight.

Wizard Bomb: These unholy instruments of chaos are what wizards are infamously known for. Shaped like a lightning bolt, matching five like color gems generates one of these genocide devices, which fills the spot of one gem on the board. Swapping the Wizard Bomb with any other color gem will activate its deadly lightning, destroying any color gems to the direct North, South, East and West of it. Use at your own risk.

Amulet: This powerful artifact fills when you match like color gems. Once it is at capacity, click on it to unleash powerful wizard magic to destroy random color gems on the board. Senseless violence is the norm in a post-wizard society.

Magic Crystal: Once a vessel for the world’s magic, the magic crystal created by The Ancients was meant to be a deterrent for wizard violence. However, recent actions by Irimant the Warlock have shattered the magic crystal into millions of tiny Color Gems, releasing their power into the world once more.

Characters

Gallant: The titular hero Gallant is just a man out to do what’s right: rid the world of wizards. He learned a long time ago that wizards offer nothing to society but terrible music and higher crime rates, so he teams up with an elite crew of wizard hunters to defeat the evil warlock named Irimant.

Legend of Gallant - 06

Legend of Gallant – 06

Dorant: Faithful friend and loyal companion to Gallant, Dorant is the man to go to for Mithrial and Mithrial accessories. He doesn’t feel nearly as passionate about wizards, though: he’s just in it for the Mithrial. His primary role on the battlefield is to locate Mithrial to be used when constructing buildings.

Sirion the Wizard: Once a ruthless wizard murderer and fear monger, Sirion has turned over a new leaf after meeting the brave adventurer Gallant. As the party’s resident expert on wizards, warlocks, and magic crystals, it is Sirion who gives Gallant’s party the idea of building eight Altars in order to summon the power of The Ancients and restore the magic crystal.

Irimant the Warlock: Irimant is a wizard so evil people don’t even call him a wizard anymore, they call him a warlock. Corrupted by evil and power, he smashed the magic crystal that contained magic, releasing the wizard epidemic on the world once more. Public enemy number one.

The Ancients: A mysterious cabal of powerful wizards, The Ancients were the ones who entrapped all the magic in the world inside the magic crystal, ending the Dark Time of Wizard. After Irimant the Warlock shattered the magic crystal, Gallant and his band of adventurers are trying to bring back The Ancients by constructing altars.

Tips and Tricks

~ Occasionally, the center tiles will be highlighted in blue at the the beginning of a level. Try and match color gem combinations with the blue highlighted tiles: they’ll give a small point bonus.

~ When trying to obtain Mithrial Blocks, don’t be afraid to use Wizard Torches or Wizard Bombs. Though deadly and powerful, their detonations will not destroy the Mithrial Blocks, meaning they can easily clear a path to the bottom.

~ Your party members can gain special moves when you advance far enough in Legend of Gallant. Once charged, these special attacks can be devastating, taking out multiple gems and earning lots of points.

Legend of Gallant - 05

Legend of Gallant – 05

I can understand the appeal of wizardry. Unlimited access to power and magical growth with limited regulation is an intoxicating proposition. However, wizards are evil soulless monsters committed to advancing the suffering of others. This is inexcusable, meaning the indifference of those capable of helping is a condemnation as bad as if they performed the nasty deeds themselves. This is the trial a hero faces: inconvenience for the sake of others. Use the skills laid out in this guide: study the different gems, learn about the world of wizards and the adventurers who inhabit it, and never stop matching those gems. Those altars won’t construct themselves, at least not with this level of magic power, so get to matching!

 

Congratulations! You’ve completed our Legend of Gallant Gameplay Walkthrough!

 

For more great tips and tricks, visit our blog!

The Legend of Gallant Gameplay Walkthrough is meant as a guide and does not contain any cheats, hacks or serials.

The post Legend of Gallant Walkthrough appeared first on GameHouse.

Grim Facade – Mystery of Venice Walkthrough

$
0
0

A man hires you to find his wife and daughter who have gone missing. You are faced with the hardest task of finding these two women in Grim Facade: Mystery of Venice. This game walkthrough presents accurate step by steps that you can use to navigate from the beginning to the end when things get difficult. This guide features a roadmap and screenshots of the scenes from the actual gameplay.

Contents

General Tips & Tricks

Controls

  • Hand: Shows you things that need to be picked up
  • Magnifier: Tells you that you can zoom into the area to inspect it more closely
  • Diary: You can access it from the lower left corner. This section store cues that you collect throughout the game for later use in solving puzzles.
  • Hint: Located on the lower right corner and gives you a hint when you are stuck.
  • Ducats: located on the lower left corner
  • Skip Button: It is located on the lower right corner and only appears when you reach puzzle sections.

Tips and tricks

  • You should find fans on the hidden object area to get more hints
  • Use ducats to purchase items through the game.
  • You can skip Hidden Objects Puzzles once the Skip Button fills

Hidden Objects Puzzles

You will need to find items in these hidden objects scenes to help you solve the Hidden Objects Puzzles.

Grim Facade – Mystery of Venice Walkthrough

You have been requested by a man to help him rescue his wife and daughter who have gone missing. Your main objective in this Hidden Objects game is to help this man find these two women. You will need to solve the misery of disappearance before it is too late.

Part 1: The Redemption Society

  • Pick the two 2 Golden Ducats from the husband. Also pick one Fan and Clippers from the ground. Click on the poster to pick the Poster Scrap and Pin behind it.
  • Using the Pin, open the lantern and take the Candle. Use the Clippers to remove wires on the grate, open it and pick the key. Use the Key to open the gate and go through it.

Inside Gate

  • Talk to the masked man (calling himself Redemption), proceed to the center building, and light the torch on light with a Candle. HOS will be activated for play.
  • Take the Goblet on the chain and the take two fans. Immediately, the Flag ads itself to the inventory.
  • Go to the masked man again and place the Flag on the bridge control and take the Crowbar.
  • Examine the ground and pick the Handkerchief from there. Using the Crowbar, loose the stone on the ground to rake the Worm. Cross the bridge.

Across the bridge

  • Open the barrel with the Crowbar and pick the Seahorse
  • Proceed towards the gondola, pick up the Bell and Umbrella to activate HOS, play it.
  • Find the Knife and use it to pick the Crystal. Take the Ring from the purse on left.
  • The Wheel goes to the inventory. Exit the area and enter the building near the center.

Inside the building

  • Play the HOS; take the America from the hat and Knot.
  • Put the Poster Scrap that you collected carefully on the door to activate a puzzle.
Grim Facade - Mystery of Venice - Exlibris

Grim Facade – Mystery of Venice – Exlibris

  • Your goal is to move the letters to spell the word ‘EXLIBRIS.’ You can only pick two letters at a time. Top arrow grabs the letters; side arrows move letters from side to side and double-sided arrows position the letters.
  • Pick the Roman Ten and go towards the library.

Library

  • Place the America on the globe and take the Magnet on it.
  • Click down twice to go into the next step.
  • Place the wheel on the ladder, move it to the left and pick the book.
  • Use the Crowbar 4x to remove all the stones, and then take the Gauntlet.
  • Head towards the bridge

The bridge

  • Use Gauntlet to clear thorns 3x and pick the Puzzle Piece
  • Return to the gondola and take the Bell. Click to put the Seahorse collected on the gondola and Magnet on the chain.
  • Take the Amulet from chain and play the HOS
  • Take the Horn from the drawer. Posthorn goes to the inventory. Exit the gondola
  • Put the Posthorn on the mailbox, take the Letter and return to the library.

Library

  • Put the Wheel on the ladder and move it. Take the Book from the bookcase; proceed to the window to place it on the pedestal. Activate a puzzle by putting the Amulet that you collected on the pedestal.
Grim Facade - Mystery of Venice - Gems Puzzle Solution

Grim Facade – Mystery of Venice – Gems Puzzle Solution

  • To solve it, make sure this large gem have the same color of the two small gems.
  • Take the Pendulum from the two pages and exit the book.
  • Place the Pendulum and Roman X on the clock. Pick the Trident Tooth.
  • Click down twice.
  • Put the Trident Tooth carefully on the trident and proceed to the left.
  • Place the Bell that you collected on the chain. You should ring the bell once to enter the store.

Giovanni’s store

  • Talk to Giovanni and click on the Cheese. Pick the Ducat and give it to the man to buy the cheese. Also, buy the Paddle in the same manner.
  • Click down 2x and proceed to the right
  • Put the Cheese that you collected on the ground to reveal the mouse; take the 2 Mouse and 2 Ducats.
  • Click down and head left.

Gondola

  • Look for the oarlock and put the Paddle there and the Mouse on the rope. Immediately, the gondola will move aside.
  • On the door near the gate, open the panel by clicking on the Eye part. Put the Puzzle Piece that you collected in the empty slot. The puzzle will be activated.
  • To solve the puzzle, arrange the squares to form the correct image. The required order is A three times, B three times, C three times and D three times.
Grim Facade - Mystery of Venice - Image Puzzle

Grim Facade – Mystery of Venice – Image Puzzle

  • Enter the mansion.

Part 2: The Mansion

  • Activate the HOS by clicking on the curtains.
  • Take the Cherry from the chair pillow, knock the ink bottle and pick the Spot on the book. Grab the green Fans. Rapier will go inventory.
  • Open the glass case, pick the 3 Medals from jacket and exit the jacket.
  • Use the Rapier to open the back door and enter.

In the room

  • Talk to the man. The man will go through the entryway. Click on this entry way to close the gate.
  • Pick the 2 Ducats and 2 Jupiter. Return to the Giovanni’s store.

Store

  • Purchase the Fishing Hook with two Ducats and exit the store and place it on the line above the gate. The Worm should be placed on the hook.
  • Return to the mansion using back door

Mansion

  • Take the Ducat from the window, zoom into the fishing reel and pick the Key
  • Use the Key that you picked to open the back door and enter. Take the Ducat and put the one of the Jupiter that you picked from store on the solar system. A puzzle will be activated. To solve it, you have to place the planets in the correct spot.
Grim Facade - Mystery of Venice - Planets

Grim Facade – Mystery of Venice – Planets

  • A mirror will appear in the solar system.
  • Remove the debris from the fireplace to take the Bust and a Ducat. Examine on the fireplace, pick the Portrait from there and head up the steps.
  • Take the Polizia Pass and Ducat from the shelf.
  • Open the letter on the desk using the Letter Opener. Read the Letter and pick the Ducat.
  • Take another Ducat from the telescope and exit by clicking down three times.
  • Take another 2 Ducats from the empty frame; place the Portrait on the frame and 3 Medals on the portrait.
  • Take the Brush and return to Giovanni’s store.

Store

  • Purchase the Palette using the 5 Ducats
  • Return to the mansion

Mansion

  • Examine the place carefully and untie the knot to open the curtains. Put the Brush and Palette on the board to active a puzzle. To solve this puzzle, use palette colors and the brush to paint three different puppets. The small image on the upper left should guide you.
Grim Facade - Mystery of Venice - Palette

Grim Facade – Mystery of Venice – Palette

Grim Facade - Mystery of Venice - Palette 2

Grim Facade – Mystery of Venice – Palette 2

  • Using the codes on the curtains put the puppets in the right order. You should move them carefully to the numbered spots.
  • Open the curtains and to begin the performance. Pick the Mask Inlay.
  • Take one Ducat from the jacket, put Mask Inlay that you picked in the recess, and take another Ducat and the Les. Play the HOS by the curtains.
  • Take the Sun from the left cabinet, the Fork from the right cabinet and Spoon from the lower right drawer. The Ladder goes to inventory.
  • Click down once to head outside.

Outside

  • Pull out the coffin from the tunnel entrance using the Umbrella and take the Coffin Cap. Play the HOS in the tunnel.
  • Remove the bricks from the upper corner and pick the Pepper, Watch and two Fans. The Sun Button goes to inventory. Click down once to return to the gondola.
  • Use the Sun Button to unlock the cabinet by pressing on the buttons. Pick a Ducat and Lever.
  • Return to Giovanni’s store.

Store

  • Play the HOS and take the Pendant. The handle goes to inventory. Enter Giovanni’s store to buy the Knife using 6 Ducats.
  • Return to the mansion using the back door.

Mansion

  • Put the LEVER that you picked in the gate’s slot. There is the cable near the lever. Cut it using the Knife. The gate opens. Go through the gate and talk to girl’s mother and click down.
  • Use the ladder to take the Wreath, Sword and Scroll from the statue.
  • Pick the Bust and place it on the pedestal. Also, place the Wreath that you picked from the statue on the bust’s head.
  • Take 3 Ducats from the drawer. A message will appear on the mirror once you click it.
  • Give bust the Sword. Look in the bust’s drawer and pick the Stone Ball Piece and 1 Ducat from there. Click down
  • Place the Scroll in left bust’s hand. Look at the drawer near the bust and pick the Chest Key and a Ducat from there.
  • Using the Handkerchief, wipe each of the three windows on the chest twice. Reveal the symbols by clicking on the big dial 2x.
  • Put the Chest Key to open the lock. Take the two Ducats and Lyre and click down.
  • Place the Lyre on the cherub. Shatter the glass by clicking on the four strings 4x.
  • Pick the Mask of Vanity, and go through the two back doors. Open the window on left and put the Handle from the inventory on the closet door. The HOS will be activated. Play it.
  • Use the Hammer to dismantle the vase and pick the Moon. The Feather goes to inventory to use it later. Go up the stairway to proceed with the game.
  • Put the Lens carefully on the telescope and Feather on the paper. Click on the wheel twice to access the female prisoner. The symbol will be revealed on the lens. The Feather will automatically transfer the images to the paper.
  • Pick the Code and click down to play HOS.
  • Use the Scissors to cut the pocket to pick the Ace. The Pickax goes to inventory. Use the Pickax to break the left column three times. Pick the Mask Of Envy and proceed to the entryway.
  • Break the left column using a Pickaxe three times to reveal a puzzle. Use the Code to activate the puzzle. Arrange the symbols in similar order by clicking on the tumblers. The prisoner will get free.
Grim Facade - Mystery of Venice - Code

Grim Facade – Mystery of Venice – Code

  • Pick the valve and move upstairs. Take the Valve and place it on mechanism. To open the gate in the canal, turn the valve once.
  • Click down four times and proceed through the back gate.

Part 3: Gaspar’s Residence

  • Play the HOS in the back. Use the Scissors to cut the fence, pick the Spider, the Horn and 2 Fans. The Corkscrew goes to inventory.
  • Place the Polizia Pass on the police door’s slot and proceed to the station.

Station

  • Open and go through the left door. Find and play the HOS. Use the hammer to remove the Brass Knuckles and Nut. Pick the two fans.
  • The Glue goes to inventory. Return to the mansion.

Mansion

  • Use the Glue to repair broken ball on shelves, place the Stone Ball Piece on the glue and pick the Ball.
  • Proceed to the empty location outside the station.

Outside Station

  • Insert the Ball into the lion’s mouth.
  • Enter the secret place.
  • Take the File Drawer and a Ducat from the alcove.
  • Return to the police station.

Station

  • Put the File Case on the empty file slot. A puzzle will be activated. To solve it, swap the file boxes into the required position. The static pieces are clues to solving this puzzle.
  • Click on the Letter and Portrait in the file cabinet and pick the Grape Key. Play the HOS. Take the Hearts from the book. The Heart Key goes to inventory.
  • Click down and zoom into the steps. Put the Coffin Cap on the steps. Go forward to play the HOS near the statues.
  • Click on the green apple and take the Red Apple and 2 Fans. The Grape Key goes to inventory.
  • Place the Heart Key and 2 Grape Keys on the door, click on the three keys to open it. Play the HOS. Open the case and pick the Glasses and 2 Fans. The Scarf goes to inventory.
  • Go up the steps and play the HOS on the bed. Pick the 2 Fans and Rabbit. The Sickle goes to inventory.
  • Open the right window. Take the Scarf from the inventory and tie it around the broken ladder. Return downstairs one Ducat near the flower pot.
  • Using the Sickle, cut the ivy, pick up the Broom and click down three times.
  • Use the Broom that you pocked to clear off the bushes around the latch. You will be able to open the latch. Enter into the dining room.

Dining Room

  • Take two Ducats and take the Letter in the room. Open the wine bottles using Corkscrew and Pick Pipe.
  • Go into to the kitchen.

Kitchen

  • Here take the Arrow and one Ducat. Find a mitten near the stove. Click down twice. You will activate the HOS. Move the Pick over to the right banister to pick the Crystal. The Oven Mitt goes to inventory. Return to the kitchen.

Kitchen

  • Remove the Oven Mitt from the inventory and place it on the stove to activate a puzzle
  • Position the left slats to lock them perfectly with the right slats.
  • Pick the Mask Of Gluttony from the ground to trigger HOS outside.

Outside

  • Play the HOS. Open the gate and pick the Matches. Scoop goes to inventory.
  • Return to the kitchen.

Kitchen

  • Take the Scoop from the inventory and place it in the sack three times and pick the Crochet Hook.
  • Return to the bedroom upstairs.

Bedroom

  • Play the HOS. Open the box; take the Solder, Clothespin, and Frog. The Bow goes to inventory.
  • Return to the kitchen

Kitchen

  • Give the Cupid the arrow and bow. Click the handle on the statue to make the cupid shoot the arrow.
  • Pick the Half Of A Mask and return to the bedroom

Bedroom

  • Use the Crochet Hook to cut the pillow. Take the Feathers and one Ducat.
  • Open the box near the bed and put the Feathers inside. Put the Half Of A Mask that you picked on the box’s face to activate a puzzle.
  • To solve the puzzle, remove one feather and put them on the mask one at a time. Take the Mask Of Lust and return to Giovanni’s store.
Grim Facade - Mystery of Venice - Feathers Puzzle

Grim Facade – Mystery of Venice – Feathers Puzzle

Store

  • Buy the Cat using 15 Ducats. Go forward to play the HOS. The Empty Oil can goes to inventory.
  • Return to the kitchen.

Kitchen

  • Take the Empty Oil Can from the inventory and place it on the rack. Pick the Hog Oil and click down three times.
  • Place the Cat near the column. Go to the ship

Part 4: At The Ship

  • Play the HOS, use the Rapier to cut fabric on the right and pick the Heart and 2 Fans. The Matches goes to inventory.
  • Go through the cargo hold and take one Ducat from the porthole.
  • Use the Matches to light the fuse on the cannon. The action activates the HOS outside.
  • Take the Broken Vase on the stone slab. Move the growing portion towards the dead flower and pick the Flower and 2 Fans. The Handle goes to inventory.
  • Board the ship; place the handle on the anchor wheel to activate the HOS. Play it and take the ‘8’. The Wrench goes to the inventory. Click down.
  • Put the Pipe on the diver’s hose and click on the pump to reveal the driver.
  • Put the Hog Oil that you picked on the Rusted Nut in the diver’s helmet and then Wrench on the nut. Pick the Button from the helmet and proceed to the left.
  • Here, you will need to pick the Poster and proceed to putting the Button that you picked from the helmet on the gaming machine and Ducat that you collected into the coin slot. A puzzle game is activated. Press the red button to reveal puzzle pieces.
  • As the puzzle piece moves to the right, move to the correct slot by pressing three colored buttons (one of them).
  • The green pieces move to the left; red pieces move to the right, and the other move to the center.
Grim Facade - Mystery of Venice - Gaming Machine

Grim Facade – Mystery of Venice – Gaming Machine

  • When the puzzle is solved, take the Ticket and place it in the empty slot on the door. Pick the Piano Key and go to the theater.

Part 5: The Theater

Theater

  • Play the HOS below the staircase; take the Gloves from the gift box and 2 Fans. The Scissors goes to inventory. Go upstairs and take the Mechanical Handle from the handle.
  • Use the Scissor to cut the rope. Take the Hammer Handle from the chair on the lower left the corner. Click down.
  • Find the hammer’s head and fit the Hammer Handle there. Use the hammer to pull the nail from the door. Enter the door.
  • Find the mechanism and put the Hammer Handle you picked there. A puzzle will be activated. Solve the puzzle by making sure the gears are placed in the correct slots. The correct order is clicking A once, B once and C twice.
  • Go backstage and pick the Saw and the Rope. Activate the HOS on the stand by clicking down twice. Open the chest to pick the Accordion. The Wick goes to inventory.
  • Go upstairs. Using the Saw cut the chair and pick the Piano Key. Head to the right.
  • Put the two Piano Keys that you collected on the keyboard and pick the Mask Of Laziness. Proceed to the backstage.
  • Pick the Coin of Greed from the stand. Pock the Wick from the inventory and place it on the gold piece. Move the wick and glass to the lantern base and pick the Lantern. Proceed to the dock.

Dock

  • Play the HOS. Using the Drumstick, hit the drum once. It will produce the Music Note which you must pick. The Boat Hook goes to the inventory.
  • Proceed to the ship’s cargo hold and place the Coin Of Green over the chest’s slot. Activate the game puzzle by clicking near the coin.
  • To solve this puzzle, you should arrange the locks perfectly. Pick the Lock from the upper left corner.
  • Take the Lock and place it on the chains that you will find near the porthole.
  • Lower the anchor by turning the wheel. Return to the cargo hold.

Cargo hold

  • Pick up the Mask Of Greed from the ground. Take the Boat Hook from the inventory and place it on the pipe near the waterfall. Go through the door.
  • On the wall’s right side, put the Lantern there. Open the door and enter.
  • Activate a puzzle near the cage. To solve this puzzle, make sure all the four locks are open. You should click the bars starting with Purple, Green and then Yellow. Pick the Red Skull.
  • Open the well. Place the Rope that you picked on the back door. The masked man will come out the door while tripping on the rope and fall into the well. Take the Mask Of Anger from the ground and go forward.
  • Pick the Bucket Handle, open the green beaker and pick the Blue Skull. Activate a puzzle near the small table.
  • To find a solution to this puzzle, move the lions over to their matching spots. Pick the Green Skull near the table. Go back to the theater
Grim Facade - Mystery of Venice - Lions Puzzle

Grim Facade – Mystery of Venice – Lions Puzzle

Theater

  • Put the Bucket Handle on the bucket and pick it. Click down four times and proceed to the left door.
  • Place the Mask Of Vanity in the left alcove and pick the Red Key. Find the Mask Of Envy that you collected above and place it in the center of the alcove and pick the Green Key.
  • On the right of the door, there is an Alcove. Put the mask Of Gluttony there and then pick up the Pink Key.

 

  • Find the Mask Of Greed that you picked earlier and place it in the center alcove. Proceed to picking the Yellow Key. Take the Mask Of Laziness that collected earlier and put it in the right alcove and then pick the Brown Key.
  • On the back door, put the keys you collected on the door. Make sure they are in their matching spots:
  • Use the Bucket of water that you collected to put out the fire. Reveal the puzzle by clicking on the girl. To activate it, put the Blue Skull, Green Skull and Red Skull on the board.
Grim Facade - Mystery of Venice - Skulls

Grim Facade – Mystery of Venice – Skulls

  • Make sure each colored skull is placed on their matching spot carefully without disturbing one of the blades.
  • Congratulations! You have successful completed Grim Façade; Mystery of Venice game!

 

For more great tips and tricks, visit our blog!

 

The Grim Facade – Mystery of Venice Walkthrough is meant as a guide and does not contain cheats, hacks, or serials.

The post Grim Facade – Mystery of Venice Walkthrough appeared first on GameHouse.

Pirate’s Solitaire 3 Walkthrough

$
0
0

Avast, me hearties! Pirate’s Solitaire 3 is a creative spin on the classic game solitaire, complete with a pirate-theme and suspenseful, swash-buckling music. Put your puzzle-solving prowess to the test in this addicting and entertaining game. Our Pirate’s Solitaire 3 Gameplay Walkthrough will show you the basics, as well as helpful hints to help you advance to higher levels.

Contents

Pirate’s Solitaire 3 Walkthrough

Unfamiliar with Pirate’s Solitaire 3 and how to play the game? This section will help you get started!

How to play

There are 6 levels: Golden Sands, Deserted Beach, Old Deck, Captain’s Chest, Treasure Ship, and Overgrown Path. Each level has a set number of mini-levels that need to be completed to unlock the next main level. In addition, there are points that must be collected throughout the mini-levels. The chart below shows you many points you need to advance to each level. This information is also available in the game on the levels screen.

Pirate's Solitaire 3 - Levels

Pirate’s Solitaire 3 – Levels

You will need to earn 37 points in Golden Sands to advance to Deserted Beach
You will need to earn 38 points in Deserted Beach to advance to Old Deck
You will need to earn 43 points in Old Deck to advance to Captain’s Chest
You will need to earn 36 points in Captain’s Chest to advance to Treasure Ship
You will need to earn 37 points in Treasure Ship to advance to Overgrown Path
Lastly, you will need to earn 38 points in Overgrown Path to complete the game.

After you’ve completed all of the mini-levels in one level you can move to the next level. If you haven’t collected enough points throughout the mini-levels to advance, go back and play some of the mini-levels again to see if you can earn some extra points.

There are two modes, or “packs”, of the game: Junior mode and Sea Wolf mode. You will need to beat the game on Junior first before you can start Sea Wolf. Sea Wolf mode will remain locked until you collect the necessary points in each level of Junior mode to unlock it.
The difference between the two packs is that in Junior mode, any level can be replayed. However in Sea Wolf mode, you must replay the entire pack if you need to replay a level.

Pirate's Solitaire 3 - Game Mode

Pirate’s Solitaire 3 – Game Mode

Each mini-level is arranged similarly: there is a playing field with cards arranged face-down in a pattern. Only the last card in each row or pile will be flipped face-up. You gain access to the face-down cards by eliminating each of the face-up cards, one at a time. The deck at the bottom center of your screen helps you accomplish your goal. When you click on the top of the deck, two cards flip over. If those cards match any of the cards on your playing field, click each card once to make them disappear.

Click on identical cards within the rows or designs on the playing field to make them disappear. You do not need to rely solely on the deck to provide you with cards for matching.

You can select cards by clicking each one individually or by dragging one card to meet the other.

You only have to match numbers or names, do not pay any attention to the suit or color of your cards.

If the two flipped cards don’t match anything in your playing field, click the top of the deck again to reveal two new cards.

If the two flipped cards match each other, you can match them with each other, however strategically it’s best to keep as many cards in the deck as possible. Your ultimate goal is to uncover the special cards and bonus cards hidden throughout the deck, so the amount of cards left in your deck at the end of the game doesn’t count against you.

Continue matching cards until you have no more moves. At this point, you can either replay the game from the beginning, or continue on to the next mini-level. You can move forward to the next mini-level even if you didn’t collect any special points. You may have to go back and repeat this mini-level again, however, if you don’t collect enough points in the other mini-levels to advance you to the next level.

Pirate's Solitaire 3 - 01

Pirate’s Solitaire 3 – 01

The multiplier bar is increased when you eliminate cards from the playing field. The higher the multiplier is, the more coins you earn. Spend your coins on valuable bonus items in the shop.

To activate bonus items, click on the bonus and then click on the open card you wish to apply it to. An open card refers to a card that is face up. All of these bonus items can either be won during the game, or purchased in the shop for coins. The shop is the shopping cart icon on the bottom right corner of your game screen.

Joker: Click the joker card, and then click any open card in order to turn that open card into a joker. Jokers are wild cards that can be removed by any card.

Mulligan: This will undo any last action you made in the game, including using your bonus. For example, if you used a joker and didn’t mean to, by clicking on the mulligan you reverse your last action and get your joker bonus card returned to you.

Shuffle: This puts all of the cards back into the deck, shuffles them, and then deals the cards again.

Pirate's Solitaire 3 - 02

Pirate’s Solitaire 3 – 02

Features

Each mini-level features a different design with varying levels of difficulty.

Earn points by removing special cards and bonus cards scattered throughout the playing field.

Special Cards: These are the cards that are sideways and gold or yellow in color. These cards, when matched and eliminated, count towards your total points goal for advancing to the next level. Remove all of the special cards to earn the maximum amount of points for that mini-level.

Bonus Cards: These are cards that have a gem in the top corner. You can earn rewards such as extra coins or bonus items by eliminating these cards from the playing field. Use your coins to buy valuable bonus items in the shop.

Earn trophies throughout the game for your accomplishments. There are 21 different trophies to unlock, each with different requirements and qualifications. You are notified during the game of your achievement when you unlock a new trophy.

This game gives you the option of selecting your own deck face and card design. Select from many great designs by choosing the options button, the button to the right of the green “play now” button, on the main screen. On the options screen you can also: adjust the sound and music settings, view the credits, select full screen mode, add or remove the game cursor, or access the help screen, which provides basic information on how to play the game.

Pirate's Solitaire 3 - Trophies

Pirate’s Solitaire 3 – Trophies

Tips and Tricks

Try to move as many cards off of the main playing field as possible. It may be tempting to eliminate the two flipped cards from the deck if they are identical, but this will result in less cards in your deck. You may find that you needed those cards for a row later in the game, especially if you flip the deck and start again or shuffle your cards.

Always try to get rid of matching cards in the main playing field. The more you “clean up” your rows, the better chance you have of revealing bonus cards and special cards.

Are you stuck on a level because you can’t find enough points? Visit the shop to buy some bonus items to help you get through difficult mini-levels and find those extra points. If you don’t have enough coins to purchase any of the bonus items, try replaying a few mini-levels over again in order to accumulate enough coins to complete your purchase.

Earned a perfect score? Don’t worry! Any extra points earned in a perfect game will be rolled over to the next mini-level.
Congratulations! You’ve completed our Pirate’s Solitaire 3 Walkthrough!

For more great tips and tricks, visit our blog!

This gameplay walkthrough is meant to introduce you to the game and guide you through the basics; it does not include cheats or hacks. 

 

The post Pirate’s Solitaire 3 Walkthrough appeared first on GameHouse.


Gardens Inc. 4 – Blooming Stars Walkthrough

$
0
0

Gardening gurus Mike and Jill have become renowned celebrities in the world of gardening. When they’re approached with the opportunity to star in their own reality TV show, they jump at the chance, but this worldwide adventure may not be the smooth-sailing they had hoped for! Our Gardens Inc. 4 – Blooming Stars walkthrough offers step-by-step strategies for each episode, as well as all treasure chest and mole locations.

Contents

General Tips & Tricks

Whether you’re playing Gardens Inc. 4 – Blooming Stars for the first time or simply need a refresher, this section will provide you with all the tips and tricks you need to affiliate yourself with the game.

 

Treasure Chests & Mole Locations

This walkthrough contains the locations of all treasure chests, as well as showing where moles will appear per episode, specials included! Refer to the screenshot under each episode for these locations. Treasure chests are circled in both silver and gold, depending on whether a gold or silver chest is in that level. Known mole locations are marked with a square. Keep in mind that moles appear at random. Listen for the squeak and keep a sharp eye out. Scan the locations outlined in our screenshots to find them easier. You only need to find 1 mole per level to unlock their trophy.

 

Getting Started – The Basics

  • Three difficulty modes are available when starting the game. You can change difficulty at any time via the Main Menu.
    • Relaxed – Play without a timer. Completing any level will automatically award you a gold-level completion.
    • Timed – Play with a timer. Your reward rank is determined by your completion time. Even if time runs out, you can still complete an episode and progress forward.
    • Expert – Play with a timer. Your reward rank is determined by your completion time. You will have less time to complete episodes, and running out of time will cause the episode to end.
  • Click on an object to assign a task. Once a task has been assigned for a worker to do, a green check mark will appear over that object. The mark will disappear once the task has been completed.
  • To undo a task, click on the check mark again to remove it.
  • Tasks can be stacked, but only if they are immediately accessible. For example, if there’s sand blocking the road that a worker can reach, you can click on it to stack the task and have them clear it away. If they worker can’t reach the sand yet, the task cannot yet be assigned. Stacked tasks will happen in the order you clicked them, but do not display numbers showing that order.
  • If a worker’s path is blocked, a path will be shown from the worker’s location to the location you clicked, showing you what is clear and what is blocking your path from assigning a task.
Gardens Inc 4 – Blooming Stars Path

Gardens Inc 4 – Blooming Stars Path

  • When you’ve completed all the objectives in a level, a check mark will appear over the truck. Click on it to complete the level. The level will not be marked as finished until you click this!
  • Nearly every level has a bonus goal. These goals are explained per episode in the walkthrough below. A hint regarding this goal will be displayed in the bottom right corner of your screen. If done correctly, the box will turn green. If done incorrectly, it will turn red. Refer to the screenshots in the guide below to see solutions depicting the successful completion of each of these goals.
  • Bonus Tip! – Each bonus goal has something to do with planting flowers. If you make a mistake, don’t worry! Once a flower has been planted, you can re-plant it and change the variety of flower by simply clicking on it. You do not have to restart the level or restart the planting process, even if the flower is a topiary!
  • Special episodes will be unlocked per continent once you’ve completed all the numbered episodes there, so don’t forget to check back once you’ve completed everything!

 

Workers, Shacks, and other Buildings

  • There are several types of workers you will encounter when playing the game. They are:
    • [Default/Standard] Workers – Normal workers who wear red overalls, Jill and Mike included! Workers clear obstructions, build shacks, and plant seeds.
    • Gardeners – Workers who specialize in watering flowers and repairing pumps.
    • Animal Catchers – Able to remove wandering animals from the level.
    • Security Workers – Able to remove wandering thieves from the level.
    • Demolition Workers – Able to remove rubble which requires use of TNT. These are the only workers who can collect TNT.
    • Divers – Able to remove water-based obstructions and plant water flowers. These are the only workers who can collect oxygen.
  • There are numerous shacks, buildings, and other locations you will utilize throughout your journey. They are as follows:
    • Truck – The default location for workers.
    • Worker Shack – A secondary location for workers.
    • Tool Shack – Produces tools.
    • Wood Shack – Produces wood.
    • Stone Shack – Produces stone.
    • Seed Shack – Produces seed.
    • Workbenches – Comes in tools, wood, stone, seed, and universal varieties.
    • Switchable Shack – Allows you to alternate between resource types.
    • Switchable Worker Shack – Allows you to alternate between worker types.
    • Exchange Outpost – Allows you to trade one resource for another.
    • Supplier Shack – Will provide you with shipments of resources. This shack requires a resource refill to function.
    • Helicopter Pad – Will provide you with extra resources of your choice.
    • Altar – Will recharge bonuses.
    • Water Shack – Default location for gardeners and water source.
    • Pump – An alternate water source that can be used by gardeners.
    • Divers’ Shack – Default location for divers.
    • Oxygen Shack – Produces oxygen which can be gathered by divers.
    • Demolition Shack – Default location for demolition workers.
    • TNT Pit – Produces TNT which can be gathered by demolition workers.
    • Animal Catcher Shack – Default location of the animal catcher, who can remove wandering animals.
    • Expert Animal Catcher Shack – A fixed location for an animal catcher who will remove incoming animals on their own. This shack requires resource refills to function.
    • Security Shack – Default location of security workers, who can remove wandering thieves.
    • Expert Security Shack – A fixed location for a security worker who will remove incoming thieves on their own. This shack requires resource refills to function.
    • Boat Shack – Provides use of a boat to move from one location to another.
    • Hang Glider Shack – Provides use of a hang glider to move from one location to another.
  • Buildings displaying an arrow pointing up can be upgraded to produce more resources or workers.
  • Default buildings (wood shack, tools shack, etc) will only provide one resource at a time. That resource must be collected before more will be produced.
  • Some locations will need to be rebuilt before they can be used.

 

Resources and Bonuses

  • There are several types of resources available in Gardens Inc. 4. Their types are as follows:
    • Tools – Used as “energy” for workers to complete tasks.
    • Seed – Necessary component for planting flowers.
    • Wood – Material used to build buildings, roads, and bridges.
    • Stone – Material used to build buildings, roads, and bridges.
    • Coins – While they won’t be displayed at the top of your screen, coins can be gathered to increase your spending money in the Nursery, and can often be found in levels.
  • Additionally, there are a few other resources which can only be gathered by specialized workers. These resources are not displayed at the top of your screen. Instead, a number over the applicable shack will show how many you have. You cannot exceed 5 of these resources at any given time. They are:
    • Oxygen – Used by the diver. Necessary for removing buoys, oil spills, and planting water flowers.
    • TNT – Use by the demolition worker. Necessary for removing rubble.
  • Some levels also feature a watch which can be picked up. The watch will grant you extra time when collected.
  • Numerous bonuses can be used throughout each level:
    • Fast Work – All workers work twice as fast. This bonus also extends to workbenches and helicopters.
    • Fast Run – All workers run twice as fast.
    • Fast Shack – All shacks produce resources twice as fast. This bonus extends to the supplier, too, but does not include workbenches.
    • +1 Resource – An extra resource is generated for every one you gather.
    • +1 Worker – Gain an extra [default/standard] worker for 30 seconds.
    • Half Price – All tasks and work cost half their normal price.
    • Time Halt – Pauses the game timer for 15 seconds.
  • Bonuses are pre-determined per episode.
  • Bonuses can be recharged using the altar.

 

Trophies

Click on the trophy icon after clicking “Start” in the Main Menu to view your collection of trophies. Trophies can be awarded for a variety of accomplishments. Different colored trophies reflect different tiers of completion. Any trophies or achievements you earn while playing will display a notification. Follow our walkthrough and collect them all!

 

Kids Room

Click on the crossed hammer and wrench in the lower right corner of the Map after clicking “Start” in the Main Menu to access the nursery. Spend coins you’ve earned here to upgrade the kids’ room and customize it however you like! The more you customize, the more you’ll unlock for further decorating.

Gardens Inc 4 – Blooming Stars Nursery

Gardens Inc 4 – Blooming Stars Nursery

 

Gardens Inc. 4 – Blooming Stars Walkthrough

A large TV network has approached Mike and Jill with a unique opportunity – to star in their own reality TV show! This venture will take them all across the globe. But fame and gardens aren’t the only thing growing; Mike and Jill are expecting, too!

 

Chapter 1: Asia

Episode 1 – Series Premiere

In the series premiere of “Gardens Inc.”, Jill and Mike begin their trip around the world. Their first job takes place at a marketplace in Bombay.

 

Objectives:

  • Gather packs of seeds (0/2)
  • Remove all weeds (0/4)
  • Plant flowers (0/3)
  • Bonus Goal: Plant every flower in the same color
Gardens Inc 4 – Blooming Stars Episode 1

Gardens Inc 4 – Blooming Stars Episode 1

How to beat the level:

  1. Grab the tools and seeds on the path branching up near the truck.
  2. Remove the weed blocking the path on the right, followed by the weed at the top of the path forking up toward the plaza.
  3. Collect the tools in front of the tool shack on the right.
  4. Remove the weed on the upper left and collect the seeds.
  5. Remove the last remaining weed on the right, followed by the hay pile.
  6. Collect the coins at the end of the path.
  7. Collect another set of tools from the tool shack.
  8. Plant flowers in the pots starting from the upper left or upper right.
    Tip: Make sure all the flowers are the same color!
  9. Click on the check mark over the truck to finish the level.

 

Episode 2 – The One with the Tiger

Jill and Mike continue their trip across Asia. In a great temple, a new challenge awaits them: the renovation of a damaged tiger statue! At the end of the day, an old friend visits.

 

Objectives:

  • Upgrade the truck
  • Build a tool shack
  • Build a water shack
  • Fix the tiger statue
  • Plant and water all plants (0/4)
  • Bonus Goal: Plant two flowers of each color
Gardens Inc 4 – Blooming Stars Episode 2

Gardens Inc 4 – Blooming Stars Episode 2

How to beat the level:

  1. Collect one set of tools.
  2. Upgrade the truck. Use the “Fast Work” bonus button on the right side of your screen to complete the task faster.
  3. Grab the remaining tools and wood in front of the tool shack.
  4. Have one worker repair the tool shack while the other removes the stone blocking the left set of stairs.
  5. Remove all the garbage blocking the paths, followed by the stone on the right.
  6. Collect one more set of tools from the left and one pile of wood on the right.
  7. Repair the seed shack.
  8. Have both workers focus on clearing the remaining paths. Don’t forget to collect seed and tool resources from the shacks as they pop up!
  9. Repair the water shack.
  10. Once you have 8 seeds in your inventory, plant flowers in the left planters while collecting the coins down the right path.
    Tip: Make sure these two flowers are planted in the same color.
  11. Click on the flowers to have the gardener water them.
  12. Remove any remaining stone blocking the path toward the ruined tiger statue, then click on the staircase to repair it. Continue to remove the stones blocking the path once the stairs have been rebuilt.
  13. Plant the flowers in the planters on the right. Click on the flowers once planted to have the gardener water them.
    Tip: Make sure these flowers are a different color than the two you planted earlier!
  14. Grab any remaining tools as needed and click on the ruined tiger statue to repair it.
    Tip: Use the “Fast Work” bonus if it’s available.
  15. Click on the check mark over the truck to complete the episode.

 

Episode 3 – A View to a Glide

The “Gardens Inc.” team visits a Chinese restaurant with a stunning view. In the past, Jill and Mike have done gardening on both land and sea, but today, for the first time, they’ll conquer the sky!

 

Objectives:

  • Build a seed shack
  • Build a switchable shack
  • Build a hang glider shack
  • Plant and water all plants (0/6)
  • Bonus Goal: Adjacent flowers must be different colors
Gardens Inc 4 – Blooming Stars Episode 3

Gardens Inc 4 – Blooming Stars Episode 3

How to beat the level:

  1. Remove the stone blocking the path above the truck.
    Tip: Use the “Fast Work” bonus.
  2. Collect the tools from the tool shack.
  3. Upgrade the truck.
  4. Remove the branches in front of the bridge on the left.
  5. Collect the remaining tools in the immediate area.
    Tip: Continue to collect tools from the tool shack as they become available.
  6. Clear the paths leading up to the stairs, the glider shack, and the bridge.
  7. Repair the glider shack and the bridge.
  8. Build the switchable shack and select the seeds output option.
  9. Repair the stairs on the right.
  10. Clear the path leading to the seed shack.
  11. Build the seed shack. Once it’s finished, select the switchable shack and change the resource output to tools.
  12. Use the glider to travel across the chasm. Clear the paths on the upper half of the level to allow access to the water shack and broken bridge.
    Tip: Click on any of the immediate obstructions on the other side of the chasm to have your workers travel there automatically once the glider shack is built.
  13. Repair the water shack.
  14. Clear the path on the lower left, across the first bridge.
  15. Repair the upper bridge near the water shack and clear the weed obstructions in this area.
  16. Repair the bridge on the upper right near the seed shack and collect the coins on the other side.
  17. Plant the flowers in the lower area first. Click on the flowers once planted to have the gardener water them.
    Tip: Plant the flowers in alternating colors, e.g. red, yellow, red.
  18. Plant the flowers in the upper area. Make sure they match the color pattern of the flowers directly across from them in the lower area! E.g. red, yellow, red.
  19. Click on the check mark over the truck to complete the episode.

 

Episode 4 – Electronic Skyhold

Jill and Mike venture high into the Chinese mountains to renovate a garden for a wealthy electronics tycoon.

 

Objectives:

  • Build a rock shack
  • Fix the broken stairs and bridges (0/3)
  • Renovate the damaged pagoda
  • Plant and water all plants (0/6)
  • Bonus Goal: Make the two gardens identical to each other
Gardens Inc 4 – Blooming Stars Episode 4

Gardens Inc 4 – Blooming Stars Episode 4

How to beat the level:

  1. Collect the tools in front of the tool shack.
    Tip: Use bonuses as often as you can throughout the level.
  2. Remove the weeds collect the stone leading up to the rock shack.
  3. Upgrade the truck.
  4. Repair the rock shack.
  5. Remove the branches blocking the path to the switchable shack. Collect the tools along the path as you go.
  6. Build the switchable shack and select seeds as your resource.
    Tip: You will need 18 seeds total. A total of 6 seeds can be collected from the paths in the immediate area.
  7. Continue to work on clearing the paths as you wait for your seed total to reach 18. Continue to collect other resources during this period as well.
  8. Once you’ve acquired 18 seeds, click on the switchable shack and switch the resource output to tools.
  9. Rebuild the staircase on the left. Collect the wood resources on the right if you haven’t done so already.
  10. Upgrade the tool shack.
  11. Clear any remaining obstructions along the path up past the staircase and leading to the broken bridge on the right.
  12. Build the second set of stairs on the left and repair the bridge on the right.
  13. Clear the obstructions past the rebuilt bridge to reach the water shack.
  14. Repair the water shack.
  15. Clear any remaining obstructions blocking your way to the flower beds.
  16. Plant flowers in the square flower beds, followed by the pots. Click on the flowers in the square beds again to have the gardener water them.
    Tip: Make sure the two gardens mirror each other, e.g. if all the flowers in the upper garden are red, make sure all the flowers in the lower garden are red, too.
  17. Repair the glider shack.
  18. Collect any remaining stone and tool resources you need to complete the final two steps.
  19. Open the silver chest.
  20. Rebuild the ancient pagoda.
    Tip: Use the “Fast Work” bonus to do this quickly. You will need both workers to rebuild it!
  21. Click on the check mark over the truck to complete the level.

 

Episode 5 – Supplies, Supplies!

Working on a TV show takes a lot of time and effort. Gardening takes even more! At a bamboo park, Jill and Mike decide to hire a resource supplier to boost efficiency.

 

Objectives:

  • Build a supplier shack
  • Fix all stone benches (0/8)
  • Plant all plants (0/8)
  • Bonus Goal: Plant different colored flowers on each island to make them unique
Gardens Inc 4 – Blooming Stars Episode 5

Gardens Inc 4 – Blooming Stars Episode 5

How to beat the level:

  1. Remove the branches blocking the path to the tool shack.
  2. Collect the tools in front of the tool shack.
  3. Repair the switchable shack. Select tools as the resource output.
  4. Upgrade the truck to acquire an additional worker.
  5. Collect the tools and stones from the small path just past the switchable shack.
  6. Continue to clear all the branches and hay piles blocking the paths in the upper area.
  7. Repair the supplier shack. It will supply you with seed resources.
    Tip: Keep an eye on the number on the side of the shack. Once it’s down to 0, you’ll need to click on it again to have another wave of resources ready to be delivered directly to your vehicle. You will need to refill the supplier twice in order to acquire all the seeds you’ll need.
  8. Rebuild the staircase leading down toward the rock shack.
  9. Clear the path leading up to the rock shack.
  10. Repair the rock shack.
  11. Upgrade the tool shack.
  12. Repair the glider shack by gliding down to the lower and upper left islands.
  13. Clear the paths on the leftmost islands. Collect the gold coins once cleared.
  14. Plant the flowers in the flower beds.
    Tip: Make sure the flowers on each island are a unique color! E.g. Upper left island has blue flowers, lower left island has yellow flowers, and the main island has red flowers.
  15. Repair the stone benches on each of the islands.
    Tip: Repair all the benches on a single island at a time to maximize the use of your time. This is also an excellent time to use your “Fast Work” bonus.
  16. Click on the check mark over the truck to complete the level.

 

Episode 6 – The Van Der Mann Incursion

It’s the crew’s final day in Japan and the Global Broadcasting Network representative, Mr. Sidney Van Der Mann, arrives on the set of the show. Meanwhile, Jill and Mike renovate a Zen Garden.

 

Objectives:

  • Remove boulders (0/2)
  • Fix all broken paths (0/11)
  • Fix the damaged pond
  • Plant and water all plants (0/12)
  • Bonus Goal: Use every variety of plant you have available
Gardens Inc 4 – Blooming Stars Episode 6

Gardens Inc 4 – Blooming Stars Episode 6

How to beat the level:

  1. Collect at least 1 set of tools.
  2. Remove the stone blocking the path to the switchable shack.
    Tip: Continue to collect tools resources from this shack whenever available.
  3. Upgrade the truck.
  4. Collect the remaining tools and wood resources in the immediate area.
  5. Repair the rock paths on the way to the tool shack.
  6. Remove the weeds blocking access to the supplier shack.
  7. Repair the tool shack and the supplier shack. Select seeds as the resource output for the latter.
    Tip: Use the “Fast Shack” bonus on the right, then change the resource output on the switchable shack from tools to stone.
  8. Remove the obstructions along the path leading down to the water shack.
    Tip: Collect the wood resources once you reach the area.
  9. Repair the water shack.
  10. Continue clearing obstructions blocking your path to reach the seed shack on the upper left.
  11. Repair the seed shack.
    Tip: Once the seed shack is rebuilt, select the supplier and change the resource output to stone. Select the switchable shack to change the resource output back to tools.
  12. Upgrade the truck and the tool shack.
  13. Remove the two large stone obstructions. You will need two workers each.
    Tip: Use the “Fast Work” bonus to clear these large obstructions faster!
  14. Upgrade the seed shack.
  15. Remove obstructions and repair any and all remaining paths.
  16. Open the silver chest.
  17. Plant flowers in the square flower beds first. Click on the flowers again to have the gardener water them.
    Tip: When planting flowers, make sure you use all the colors and varieties you have available!
  18. Plant the remaining flowers in the circular flower beds keeping the above tip in mind.
  19. Collect any remaining stone and tools resources needed, then click on the pond to repair it.
    Tip: Repairing the pond requires 1 worker, as well as the gardener. Make sure any flowers in need of watering are addressed before repairing the pond.
  20. Click on the check mark over the truck to complete the episode.

 

Special 1 – Park X-Treme

“Hey, Jill! Hey, Mike! If you have some spare time, maybe you could take care of one more assignment? The newly-opened ‘X-Treme’ theme park needs a nice garden!”

 

Objectives:

  • Build all glider shacks (0/4)
  • Plant all plants (0/12)
  • Bonus Goal: Make sure all peaks mirror each other
Gardens Inc 4 – Blooming Stars Special 1

Gardens Inc 4 – Blooming Stars Special 1

How to beat the level:

  1. Pick up the tools next to the truck.
  2. Clear away the branches blocking the path to the tool shack.
  3. Upgrade the tool shack.
    Tip: Don’t forget to pick up the tools here, too.
  4. Upgrade the truck.
  5. Use the glider to access the bottom left island. Clear the pathway leading to the supplier shack.
  6. Rebuild the supplier shack. Once built, select seeds as your resource output.
    Tip: You will need 24 seeds in total.
  7. Rebuild the glider shack on the lower right peak.
  8. Clear the pathway leading up to the second tool shack.
  9. Rebuild the second tool shack.
    Tip: While working on this, continue clearing any obstructions blocking your way to the flower beds on the lower left peak.
  10. Upgrade the second tool shack.
  11. Upgrade the truck again.
  12. Rebuild the glider shacks on the upper left and upper right peaks.
  13. Clear the paths on the upper left and upper right peaks.
  14. Begin planting flowers in the flower beds.
    Tip: You can start wherever you like. Just make sure the flower types and patterns are identical on each peak!
  15. Rebuild the glider shack on the top center peak.
  16. Clear away the large stones on the upper paths and collect the coins behind them.
  17. Rebuild the staircase leading up to the silver chest.
  18. Open the silver chest.
  19. Plant any remaining flowers.
  20. Click on the check mark over the truck to complete the level.

 

Chapter 2: South America

 

Episode 7 – A Dire Predicament

Jill and Mike visit a Wild Animal Medical Center in South America. They must face off against a pack of wolves who are terrorizing the peaceful garden. Then, the couple learns of a change to the show’s format.

 

Objectives:

  • Build an animal catcher shack
  • Catch all wolves (0/4)
  • Renovate the living bridge
  • Plant all plants (0/7)
  • Bonus Goal: Make sure single flower pots and their contents differ from the pairs of flower pots
Gardens Inc 4 – Blooming Stars Episode 7

Gardens Inc 4 – Blooming Stars Episode 7

How to beat the level:

  1. Remove the weeds blocking the path to the tool shack.
  2. Pick up the tools in front of the tool shack.
  3. Clear the path to reach the wood shack.
  4. Rebuild the wood shack.
  5. Upgrade the truck.
  6. Pick up any remaining tools in the area and clear the branches in front of the lower bridge.
  7. Upgrade the truck.
  8. Remove the trunk in front of the silver chest.
    Tip: Use the “Fast Work” bonus to accomplish this faster. Do not open the silver chest just yet.
  9. Rebuild the wooden ivy bridge.
  10. Clear the lower path leading to the animal catcher shack.
  11. Rebuild the animal catcher shack.
  12. Upgrade the tool shack.
  13. Clear the path past the upper bridge leading to the seed shack.
  14. Rebuild the seed shack.
  15. Click on the wolves to have the animal catcher remove them.
  16. Open the silver chest.
  17. Clear the path leading to the second wooden ivy bridge leading to the upper left portion of the map.
  18. Rebuild the second wooden ivy bridge.
    Tip: You can do this as soon as you collect the first seeds given by the seed shack.
  19. Upgrade the seed shack.
  20. Clear all the remaining paths.
  21. Plant seeds in the planters.
    Tip: Make sure what you plant in single flower pots is different than what’s planted in pairs of flower pots.
  22. Collect the coins.
    Tip: Continue collecting any and all resources necessary for the final task, e.g. tools, seeds, and wood.
  23. Rebuild the living bridge.
    Tip: You will need 3 workers to accomplish this task.
  24. Click on the check mark over the truck to complete the episode.

 

Episode 8 – Gardening Wild

The “Gardens Inc.” team visits a survival school, led by the one and only Geoff Brylls. Jill and Mike learn how to survive in the wilderness, and in return they teach Geoff a thing or two about gardening.

 

Objectives:

  • Build all boat shack (0/3)
  • Catch all wolves (0/4)
  • Plant and water all plants (0/6)
  • Bonus Goal: Create three different and unique gardens
Gardens Inc 4 – Blooming Stars Episode 8

Gardens Inc 4 – Blooming Stars Episode 8

How to beat the level:

  1. Clear the sand blocking the path to the tool shack and collect the tools out front.
  2. Upgrade the truck.
  3. Use the wood workbench.
    Tip: Collect the tools and stone in front of the truck with the other worker while you do this.
  4. Continue to clear sand and obstructions from the path. Collect the tools you pass as you do this.
  5. Upgrade the tool shack.
  6. Clear all the obstructions and repair the road leading to the supplier.
  7. Travel to the upper center island. Collect the seeds and clear the sand to gain access to the rock workbench.
  8. Use the rock workbench.

Tip: Rebuild the supplier shack as soon as you receive the stone from the rock workbench.

  1. Rebuild the animal catcher shack.
  2. Rebuild the supplier shack (see above) and select seeds as your resource output.
  3. Upgrade the truck again.
    Tip: Continue using the wood workbench and the rock workbench to gain resources.
  4. Travel to the lower right island and restore the paths.
  5. Rebuild the boat shack on the bottom center island.
  6. Clear all the paths on the bottom center island.
  7. Use the animal catcher to remove all the wolves.
  8. Rebuild the tools workbench.
    Tip: Use this frequently to keep adding to your tools resource.
  9. Rebuild the boat shack on the upper right island.
  10. Clear all obstructions and repair the path on the upper right island.
    Tip: Remember to refill the supplier shack!
  11. Rebuild the water shack.
  12. Plant flowers in the square flower beds first, followed by the round ones.
    Tip: Make sure the flower beds on each island are unique!
  13. Click on the flowers in the square flower beds to water them.
  14. Upgrade the water shack.
  15. Collect all coins on the map and plant any remaining flowers, keeping the above tip in mind.
  16. Click on the check mark over the truck to complete the level.

 

Episode 9 – Ancient Secrets

At the Museum of Ancient Secrets, Jill and Mike venture underwater on their gardening quest to raise money for children in need. Later, Vincent has important news.

 

Objectives:

  • Fix the drinking fountains (0/2)
  • Build a divers’ shack
  • Fix all broken paths (0/8)
  • Plant all plants (0/9)
  • Bonus Goal: Neighboring plants cannot be identical
Gardens Inc 4 – Blooming Stars Episode 9

Gardens Inc 4 – Blooming Stars Episode 9

How to beat the level:

  1. Pick up the tools on the left.
  2. Clear away the first weed blocking the path.
  3. Go to the switchable shack and change the resource output to wood.
    Tip: Pick up the tools here as well.
  4. Clear the obstructions on the path leading to the wood shack.
  5. Clear the path leading to the rock workbench.
    Tip: Use the “Fast Shacks” bonus while clearing the path.
  6. Rebuild the rock workbench.
    Tip: Once built, use the rock workbench on a regular basis.
  7. Upgrade the tool shack.
  8. Upgrade the truck.
  9. Clear all obstructions remaining on the paths in this area and repair any areas necessary.
  10. Build the boat shack.
  11. Upgrade the tool shack again.
    Tip: Use the “Fast Shacks” bonus again as soon as it becomes available. Once the bonus period finishes, click on the switchable shack and change the resource output to tools.
  12. Open the golden chest hidden on the right, between the oxygen station and the rock workbench.
  13. Rebuild the boat shacks on the left and right.
    Tip: As soon as you have enough wood and tool resources, rebuild the boat shack up top as well.
  14. Clear the paths on the left and right so you can reach the seed workbenches.
  15. Rebuild the seed workbenches.
    Tip: Use the seed workbenches until you have 27 seed resources.
  16. Clear and repair the paths on the upper island.
  17. Rebuild the divers’ shack.
    Tip: You can perform this step and the next step earlier if resources allow.
  18. Rebuild the oxygen shack.
    Tip: If you haven’t done so already, change the switchable shack resource output to tools.
  19. Plant flowers in each of the planters, including those in the water. You will need the diver to do this.
    Tip: Make sure you alternate plant types and that no two plants next to each other are the same.
  20. Repair the drinking fountains on the left and right islands.
  21. Click on the check mark over the truck to complete the episode.

 

Episode 10 – Five Stars

Jill and Mike are tasked with the renovation of a garden belonging to a five-star tourist resort, which is often visited by movie stars.

 

Objectives:

  • Remove all water weeds (0/4)
  • Fix the pump
  • Catch all wolves (0/4)
  • Plant and water all plants (0/7)
  • Bonus Goal: Plant 3 unique varieties of flower in the planters on the land. Plant only 1 variety of flower in the planters in the water.
Gardens Inc 4 – Blooming Stars Episode 10

Gardens Inc 4 – Blooming Stars Episode 10

How to beat the level:

  1. Use the tool workbench twice.
    Tip: Use the “Fast Work” bonus while doing this.
  2. Upgrade the truck.
    Tip: Continue using the tool workbench.
  3. Clear the path leading to the tool shack and the supplier shack.
  4. Rebuild the supplier shack. Select wood as the resource output.
  5. Rebuild the tool shack.
  6. Clear the branches in front of the steps and clear the path leading to the animal catcher shack.
  7. Rebuild the animal catcher shack.
  8. Upgrade the truck again.
    Tip: Assign one worker to always work at the tool workbench.
  9. Scare away the wolf next to the tool shack using the animal catcher.
  10. Rebuild the staircase.
  11. Click on the supplier shack and select stone as the resource output.
  12. Clear the paths on the lower side of the island.
  13. Rebuild the divers’ shack.
  14. Rebuild the boat shack.
  15. Select the supplier shack. Alternate resource production between wood and stone.
    Tip: Better yet, have the supplier bring you wood resources twice, then stone.
  16. Remove the stump blocking the path.
  17. Repair the staircase on the left.
  18. Upgrade the tool shack.
  19. Clear the path to the seed shack.
  20. Rebuild the seed shack.
  21. Rebuild the water shack.
  22. Upgrade the seed shack.
  23. Upgrade the tool shack a second time.
  24. Use the diver to collect from the oxygen station 5 times.
  25. Rebuild the second boat shack.
    Tip: Once rebuilt, collect the coins on the lower island.
  26. Select the supplier shack and change the resource output type back to wood.
  27. Remove the waterweed using the diver.
  28. Repair the staircase on the upper left.
  29. Use the animal catcher to remove the wolf.
  30. Clear the remaining paths.
  31. Repair the pump using the gardener.
  32. Plant flowers in the planters starting with those on the upper left.
  33. Click on the square flower beds to have the gardener water them.
    Tip: Upgrade the water shack as this is happening. You will need to water the topiaries multiple times before they are completely grown.
  34. Collect more oxygen from the oxygen station, then plant the remaining water flowers.
  35. Click on the check mark over the truck to complete the level.

 

Episode 11 – The First Defense

Garden Defense! As the team prepare to leave the tourist resort, they receive news that a pack of angry wolves is damaging another part of the establishment. They decide to stay behind and help.

 

Objective:

  • Protect the garden!
Gardens Inc 4 – Blooming Stars Episode 11

Gardens Inc 4 – Blooming Stars Episode 11

How to beat the level:

  • The goal of this level is to collect coins while keeping the wolves from destroying the garden. The garden will count as destroyed when the wolves ruin all 4 flower beds.
  • This level is optional, and can be ended at any time.
  • Completing this level will always result in a gold ranking as long as at least 1 flower bed is intact.
  • Tools can be collected from the tool shack in the garden.
  • Gold cat statues will drop coins from time to time. Collect these as you are able.
  • The silver chest is located on the left in front of the large statue head. You will need to upgrade the truck to acquire an extra worker in order to remove the large weed blocking your path.
    Tip: In order to repair the holes in front of the large weed, you will need to collect the stone resource in the upper right corner.

 

Episode 12 – Jill and Mike Meet the Director

In a marvelous adventure rope park, Jill and Mike finally meet the Director of the Global Broadcasting Network, Diane Powers. She seems nice and friendly, but will she be a friend or an enemy of the show?

 

Objectives:

  • Build the workers’ shack
  • Fix rope bridges (0/2)
  • Catch all wolves (0/5)
  • Gather wood (0/20)
  • Plant and water all plants (0/8)
  • Bonus Goal: In each cluster of 4 planters, the top and bottom planters must match each other, and the left and right planters must match each other.
Gardens Inc 4 – Blooming Stars Episode 12

Gardens Inc 4 – Blooming Stars Episode 12

How to beat the level:

  1. Pick up the tools in front of the tool shack.
  2. Upgrade the truck.
  3. Rebuild the rock workbench.
    Tip: Use this right away once built.
  4. Clear the obstructions along the path leading to the worker shack.
    Tip: The worker shack is located next to the exchange outpost.
  5. Rebuild the worker shack.
    Tip: Have 1 worker using the rock workbench at all times.
  6. Clear the path leading to the exchange outpost.
  7. Use the exchange outpost to exchange stone for wood resources.
    Tip: Continue doing this at regular intervals.
  8. Upgrade the truck again.
  9. Upgrade the tool shack.
  10. Clear the path leading to the animal catcher shack.
  11. Rebuild the wooden bridge.
  12. Rebuild the animal catcher shack.
  13. Rebuild the glider shack.
  14. Clear the path leading to the seed shack.
  15. Remove the wolves using the animal catcher.
  16. Rebuild the seed shack.
  17. Open the golden chest.
    Tip: The chest is hidden behind the barrel to the left of the stairs.
  18. Clear the path leading to the wood shack.
  19. Clear the path leading up to the water shack.
  20. Rebuild the wood shack.
    Tip: Continue using the rock workbench and exchange stone resources for wood resources at the exchange outpost.
  21. Upgrade the tool shack again.
  22. Upgrade the wood shack, the water shack, and the seed shack.
  23. Plant flowers in the square planters and use the gardener to water them first.
  24. Plant all remaining flowers.
  25. Collect tools and wood resources for your final task.
  26. Rebuild the big rope bridge.
    Tip: You will need 20 additional wood resources.
  27. Click on the check mark over the truck to complete the level.

 

Episode 13 – The Beans of Alertness

It’s day 20 and Jill and Mike’s 13th job: creating a garden at a coffee plantation. To win 10 million dollars for a children’s charity, the couple need to finish 33 more jobs within the 100-day time limit!

 

Objectives:

  • Remove all waterweeds (0/4)
  • Fix all fence parts (0/7)
  • Fix the bridges (0/2)
  • Plant and water all plants (0/8)
  • Bonus Goal: Make both banks symmetrical in which flower types and colors are planted
Gardens Inc 4 – Blooming Stars Episode 13

Gardens Inc 4 – Blooming Stars Episode 13

How to beat the level:

  1. Clear the leaves blocking the path.
  2. Pick up the tools lying along the path.
  3. Upgrade the truck.
  4. Clear the path leading to the supplier shack and the tool workbench.
  5. Rebuild the supplier shack and select wood as the resource output.
    Tip: Have wood selected as the resource output for the first two waves, then select seeds as the new resource output until you’ve collected 28 seeds in total. Once you’ve collected 28 seeds, switch the resource output back to wood.
  6. Clear the path leading toward the bridge.
  7. Rebuild the bridge.
  8. Rebuild the wood workbench.
    Tip: Use both the tool workbench and the wood workbench at regular intervals.
  9. Upgrade the truck again.
  10. Clear the path leading to the exchange outpost.
  11. Use the exchange outpost to exchange wood for stone resources.
  12. Rebuild the divers’ shack.
  13. Collect 4 oxygen from the oxygen station using the diver.
  14. Clear the waterweeds.
    Tip: Once this is done, the diver will need to gather 4 oxygen again before he can move on to the next task.
  15. Plant the water plants.
    Tip: Keep in mind that both banks, including planters in the water, need to be symmetrical, i.e. they should mirror each other.
  16. Upgrade the tool shack.
  17. Clear the path leading to the worker shack.
  18. Rebuild the worker shack.
  19. Rebuild the boat shack.
  20. Collect the coins throughout the area.
  21. Continue clearing and repairing the path on the right bank until all paths are restored.
  22. Rebuild the water shack.
  23. Plant seeds in the planters on land. Have the gardener water each.
  24. Open the golden chest.
    Tip: The golden chest is hidden behind a bush between the divers’ shack and the tool shack.
  25. Rebuild the bridge at the bottom of the screen.
  26. Repair the fences that each path leads in to on the left.
  27. Click on the check mark over the truck to complete the level.

 

Episode 14 – All That Glitters

The wolf problem is getting out of hand, so the team hires a new expert animal catcher. At the gold digger camp, Jill and Mike search for gold on land – and high in the sky!

 

Objectives:

  • Build an expert animal catcher shack
  • Collect all coin balloons (0/4)
  • Clear the mine’s entrance
  • Catch all wolves (0/5)
  • Plant all plants (0/11)
  • Bonus Goal: Use different plants per plant group size
Gardens Inc 4 – Blooming Stars Episode 14

Gardens Inc 4 – Blooming Stars Episode 14

How to beat the level:

  1. Collect the tools in front of the switchable shack.
  2. Use the tool workbench 3 times.
    Tip: Use the “Fast Work” bonus while doing this and collect new tool resources from the shack between tasks.
  3. Upgrade the truck.
    Tip: Have one worker continue to use the tool workbench.
  4. Clear the path leading to the supplier shack.
  5. Rebuild the supplier shack and select wood as the resource output.
  6. Clear and repair the path leading to the animal catcher shack.
    Tip: Remove only the first stone obstructing the path, otherwise you will fall victim to packs of patrolling wolves, which can disrupt your workflow.
  7. Upgrade the truck again.
  8. Continue clearing the paths.
  9. Rebuild the expert animal catcher shack.
  10. Clear and restore the path leading up to the water shack and the seed shack.
  11. Clear the path leading to the second tool workbench.
  12. Rebuild the second tool workbench.
    Tip: Have a worker start using this right away.
  13. Open the golden chest hidden behind the cacti beneath the second tool workbench.
  14. Remove the wolves using the animal catcher.
  15. Repair the rail bridge.
  16. Collect wood from the supplier shack until you have enough to rebuild the rope bridges.
    Tip: You will need 12 wood resources to repair both bridges.
  17. Fix the broken rails.
  18. Repair the hang glider shack.
    Tip: You can repair the shack and fix the broken rails at the same time.

Additional Tip: Once all the stationary wolves in the area have been scared away, you no longer have to worry about restocking the animal catcher shack.

  1. Collect the coin balloons.
  2. Rebuild the seed shack.
  3. Rebuild the water shack.
  4. Upgrade the seed shack.
  5. Plant seeds starting with the square flower beds. Water these using the gardener.
  6. Collect stone, tools, and wood resources in order to repair the mine entrance.
    Tip: You will need 10 tools, 10 wood, 20 stone, and 2 workers to complete this task.
  7. Repair the mine entrance.
  8. Click on the check mark over the truck to complete the level.

 

Episode 15 – A Day Off

Coin Frenzy! The cast and crew of the “Gardens Inc.” show takes a day off to celebrate the end of the first month of production. They visit a sunny beach to have some well-deserved R&R!

 

Objective:

  • Collect as many coins as you can!
Gardens Inc 4 – Blooming Stars Episode 15

Gardens Inc 4 – Blooming Stars Episode 15

How to beat the level:

  • Collect as many coins as possible.
  • This level is optional. You do not have to finish it to progress.
  • Free the second worker in order to remove the large stone and gain access to the golden chest on the far right.

 

Episode 16 – Goodbyes

It’s the final day of Director Powers’ visit to the show’s set. The team have one last chance to convince Director Powers to pick up the show for a full season.

 

Objectives:

  • Fix all lamps (0/5)
  • Collect all seed buoys (0/6)
  • Plant all plants (0/6)
  • Bonus Goal: The 1st and 3rd planters in the set of three (the leftmost and rightmost) must have the same flower type planted in them. The center planter must be different/unique.
Gardens Inc 4 – Blooming Stars Episode 16

Gardens Inc 4 – Blooming Stars Episode 16

How to beat the level:

  1. Clear the leaves blocking the path to the tool shack.
  2. Pick up the tools in front of the tool shack.
  3. Clear the path to the tool workbench.
    Tip: Do not remove the leaves blocking the path to the expert animal catcher shack yet!
  4. Rebuild the tool workbench.
    Tip: Continue to collect tools from the tool shack.
  5. Upgrade the truck.
  6. Rebuild the wood workbench.
  7. Rebuild the rock workbench.
  8. Upgrade the truck again.
    Tip: Use the “Fast Work” bonus while doing this, using the workbenches at the same time.
  9. Upgrade the tool shack.
  10. Clear the path leading to the expert animal catcher shack.
    Tip: Only remove this pile of leaves when there is no wolf patrolling the path. This will allow you to build the expert animal catcher shack without being caught by the wolf.
  11. Rebuild the expert animal catcher shack.
  12. Clear the path leading to the divers’ shack.
  13. Rebuild the divers’ shack.
  14. Clear the path below the truck leading to the broken staircase.
  15. Repair the stone staircase.
  16. Rebuild the animal catcher shack.
  17. Rebuild both boat shacks on either side of the river.
  18. Use the animal catcher to remove the wolves.

Tip: Clear any paths necessary to reach any remaining wolves and do the same.

  1. Rebuild the worker shack.
  2. Use the diver to retrieve oxygen from the oxygen station.
    Tip: Do not stop using the workbenches during this period of time.
  3. Clear and repair the paths on the upper right in order to reach the flower beds and a second tool workbench.

Tip: Use the second tool workbench as soon as you reach it.

  1. Retrieve the seed buoys using the diver.
  2. Rebuild the hang glider shack.
  3. Collect the coin balloons.
  4. Upgrade the tool shack again.
  5. Plant the flowers in the planters.
    Tip: While doing this, have the diver retrieve more oxygen.
  6. Rebuild all remaining hang glider shacks.
  7. Plant the remaining flowers in the water using the diver.
  8. Collect any remaining coins.
  9. Repair the lamps on the center land mass.
  10. Click on the check mark over the truck to complete the level.

 

Special 2 – The Secret Garden

“Jill, Mike, I have another job for you if you’ve got a moment! A certain movie star has asked if you’d be willing to renovate their garden in a very secluded, but beautiful location. What do you say?”

 

Objectives:

  • Remove garbage from the water (0/6)
  • Plant all plants (0/9)
  • Fix the tiger statue
  • Bonus Goal: Make sure there is no more and no less than 4 of a specific type and color of flower planted in the water planters.
Gardens Inc 4 – Blooming Stars Special 2

Gardens Inc 4 – Blooming Stars Special 2

How to beat the level:

  1. Pick up the tools in front of the tool shack.
  2. Clear the path leading up to the tool workbench.
  3. Use the tool workbench 3 times.
  4. Upgrade the truck.
  5. Clear the path leading up to the wood workbench.
    Tip: Have one worker continue using the tool workbench during this time.
  6. Use the wood workbench.
    Tip: Collect any remaining tools in the area while doing this.
  7. Clear the path leading to the boat shack and the bridge.
  8. Upgrade the truck again.
  9. Rebuild the boat shack.
  10. Repair the bridge.
  11. Upgrade the tool shack.
    Tip: Continue using the workbenches during this time.
  12. Clear the path leading to the divers’ shack.
  13. Rebuild the divers’ shack.
  14. Remove the garbage from the water.
  15. Collect oxygen from the oxygen station using the diver.
  16. Clear the path leading to the switchable shack.
  17. Rebuild the switchable shack and select stone as the resource output.
  18. Repair the remaining 2 wooden bridges.
  19. Rebuild the second boat shack.
  20. Repair the stone workbench.
    Tip: Use this as soon as it’s repaired.
  21. Remove the garbage located in the upper body of water.
  22. Collect the seed buoys using the diver.
  23. Plant the flowers in the planters in the water.

Tip: Make sure exactly 4 of these planters have the same type of lower; no more, no less.

  1. Clear the lower path leading to the statue.
  2. Rebuild the tiger statue.
  3. Plant the remaining flowers in the planters along the path leading to the tiger statue.
  4. Clear the large weed on the small lower left island.
  5. Rebuild the rock ivy bridge to reach the island on the lower left.
  6. Open the silver chest and collect the coins.
  7. Click on the check mark over the truck to complete the level.

 

Chapter 3: Europe

 

Episode 17 – Hit or Miss

Jill and Mike are reunited with an old friend at a tulip plantation in the Netherlands. Meanwhile, the “Gardens Inc.” show’s first episode premieres on TV. Will it be a success?

 

Objectives:

  • Fix the landing pad
  • Fix all wells (0/3)
  • Build the altar
  • Plant all plants (0/8)
  • Bonus Goal: All flowers must be equal/the same type
Gardens Inc 4 – Blooming Stars Episode 17

Gardens Inc 4 – Blooming Stars Episode 17

How to beat the level:

  1. Clear the branch in front of the truck.
    Tip: Once cleared, collect the wood in front of the wood shack.
  2. Collect the tools resources in the area.
  3. Upgrade the truck.
  4. Use the exchange outpost to exchange wood for tools at regular intervals.
  5. Clear the stumps blocking the path, but not the stumps in front of the landing pad or the altar.
  6. Rebuild the supplier shack and select stone as the resource output.
  7. Upgrade the truck again.
  8. Clear the path leading to the seed shack.

Tip: Continue to exchange wood for tools.

  1. Remove the stumps in front of the altar and landing pad once the “Fast Work” bonus is available and active.
  2. Rebuild the altar.
    Tip: Use the altar for all your bonus needs.
  3. Rebuild the landing pad.

Tip: Send the helicopter to retrieve stone resources on a regular basis.

  1. Clear all paths.
  2. Rebuild the seed shack.
  3. Upgrade the seed shack.
  4. You will need 15 stone to repair the wells.
    Tip: Once you’ve acquired 15 stone, change the supplier shack so that it provides wood. Have the helicopter start to retrieve tools.
  5. Plant all flowers.
    Tip: Plant the same type of flower in the 4 upper planters, and the same type of flower in the planter pairs on the left and right.
  6. Collect the coins.
  7. Repair the 3 wells.
    Tip: Continue to collect wood and tools to do this. Use the “Fast Work” bonus to do this quickly.
  8. Click on the check mark over the truck to complete the level.

 

Episode 18 – A Festive Job

Jill, Mike, and Nicole are asked to prepare a garden for a national folk festival. There will be singing and there will be dancing, but only if the “Gardens Inc.” team can finish the job on time!

 

Objectives:

  • Remove garbage from the paths (0/17)
  • Fix all broken paths (0/6)
  • Plant and water all plants (0/10)
  • Bonus Goal: Each type of flower may only be planted on the inside, or the outside of the ring. If a flower is planted in the inner ring, it cannot be planted on the outer ring and vice versa.
Gardens Inc 4 – Blooming Stars Episode 18

Gardens Inc 4 – Blooming Stars Episode 18

How to beat the level:

  1. Clear the weeds in front of the truck.
  2. Use the tools workbench 2 times with the “Fast Work” bonus active.
    Tip: Continue using the workbench after upgrading the truck to acquire enough resources to build the switchable shack.
  3. Upgrade the truck.
  4. Clear the path leading to the switchable shack.
  5. Open the 2 crates near the switchable shack.
    Tip: They contain stone and wood resources.
  6. Rebuild the switchable shack and select wood as the resource output.
  7. Clear the path to the right.
    Tip: Open the 2 crates along the path to gather additional stone and wood resources.
  8. Rebuild the worker shack.
    Tip: Continue using the tool workbench during this time.
  9. Repair the seed workbench.
    Tip: Use this often. You will need 40 seeds in total.
  10. Clear the path leading to the rock shack.
  11. Rebuild the rock shack.
  12. Upgrade the truck again.
  13. Open the silver chest.
    Tip: The silver chest is hidden on the left behind a barrel of hay, to the upper left of the stone shack.
  14. Clear the path to the landing pad.
  15. Upgrade the rock shack.
  16. Clear away the garbage pile in front of the second tool workbench.
    Tip: You will need 2 workers in order to complete this task.
  17. Rebuild the landing pad.
  18. Use the helicopter to retrieve both tools and wood.
    Tip: Alternate resources the helicopter brings, e.g. tools, wood, tools, wood, etc.
  19. Clear the path leading to the water shack.
  20. Rebuild the water shack.
  21. Upgrade the rock shack again.
  22. Clear the obstructions on the lower paths.
  23. Repair the altar.
  24. Upgrade the water shack.
  25. Collect the coins.
  26. Clear all remaining paths.
  27. Upgrade the water shack to its maximum level.
    Tip: Once fully upgraded, change the resource output of the switchable shack to tools. Have the helicopter retrieve tools, too.
  28. Repair the pump at the bottom of the screen using the gardener.
  29. Plant flowers, starting with the square flower beds.
    Tip: Click on the flowers in the square flower beds to have the gardener water them.
  30. Plant all remaining flowers.
  31. Click on the check mark over the truck to complete the level.

 

Episode 19 – Stylish Security

After the premiere’s success, the “Gardens Inc.” crew faces an onslaught of scoop-thirsty paparazzi and other seedy, thieving individuals. Jill and Mike must learn how to deal with on-set security issues.

 

Objectives:

  • Build the security shack
  • Build expert security shacks (0/2)
  • Renovate all spherical bushes (0/6)
  • Heal an ancient tree
  • Plant and water all plants (0/8)
  • Bonus Goal: Make the upper and lower portions of the map mirror each other
Gardens Inc 4 – Blooming Stars Episode 19

Gardens Inc 4 – Blooming Stars Episode 19

How to beat the level:

  1. Pick up the tools nearby.
  2. Start clearing the path, starting with the weeds.
  3. Pick up 1 pile of stone on the right.
  4. Clear the path to the tool workbench.
  5. Rebuild the tool workbench.

Tip: Collect tools from the tool workbench right away so that you can upgrade the truck.

  1. Upgrade the truck.

Tip: Once upgraded, have one worker continuously work on gathering tools from the tool workbench.

  1. Go to the switchable shack and select wood as the resource output.
  2. Upgrade the truck again.
  3. Clear the path leading to the left.
    Tip: Collect the crate filled with stone.
  4. Clear the path leading to the security shack.
  5. Rebuild the security shack.
  6. Clear the path leading to the worker shack.
  7. Rebuild the worker shack.
  8. Clear and restore the path leading down to the expert security shack in the lower right corner.

Tip: Collect all the stone you come across as you do this. Do not rebuild this expert security shack just yet.

  1. Clear the path to the upper left.
  2. Rebuild the expert security shack.
  3. Rebuild the seed shack.
  4. Rebuild the second switchable shack and select stone as the resource output.
  5. Clear the path leading to the tree on the lower left.
  6. Rebuild the water shack.
  7. Rebuild the expert security shack on the lower right.
    Tip: Stop providing the security shack and expert security shack on the upper left with tools once this is built.
  8. Upon gaining 10 wood resources, change the resource output of both switchable shacks to tools.
  9. Upgrade the water shack to the maximum level.
  10. Upgrade the seed shack to the maximum level.
  11. Clear all remaining paths.
  12. Restore all the spherical bushes.
  13. Plant flowers in the square flower beds and have the gardener water them.
  14. Restore the ancient tree.
  15. Plant the remaining flowers.
    Tip: Collect any extra tools as necessary to complete this task.
  16. Click on the check mark over the truck to complete the level.

 

Episode 20 – Contamination

In Denmark, Jill and Mike visit an organic farm. An oil spill has damaged the farm’s garden and contaminated the nearby river. Can Jill and Mike help avert disaster?

 

Objectives:

  • Build the security shack
  • Build expert security shacks (0/3)
  • Remove all oil spills (0/6)
  • Plant and water all plants (0/6)
  • Bonus Goal: Make each area of the farm unique
Gardens Inc 4 – Blooming Stars Episode 20

Gardens Inc 4 – Blooming Stars Episode 20

How to beat the level:

  1. Rebuild the security shack.
    Tip: Collect all tools in the area.
  2. Upgrade the truck.
  3. Clear and restore the paths leading to the rock shack and exchange outpost.
  4. Clear the stump near the exchange outpost.
    Tip: Use the “Fast Shacks” bonus to gather extra tools prior to completing this task.
  5. Upgrade the tool shack.
  6. Upgrade the rock shack.
  7. Clear the path leading to the wood shack.
  8. Rebuild the wood shack.
  9. Rebuild the security shack.
  10. Clear the path leading to the lower left.
    Tip: Do not build the expert security shack yet. The security shack on its own will be enough to handle things for now.
  11. Upgrade the wood shack.
  12. Upgrade the tool shack again.
    Tip: Use the “Fast Shacks” bonus again.
  13. Rebuild the boat shack.
  14. Upgrade the truck again.
  15. Rebuild the second boat shack.
  16. Clear the path leading to the divers’ shack.
  17. Rebuild the divers’ shack.
    Tip: Have the diver start gathering oxygen as soon as this is complete.
  18. Clear the oil spills.
  19. Clear all remaining paths.
  20. Use the exchange outpost to exchange wood for seed resources. Exchange resources until you have 30 seeds.
  21. Rebuild the water shack.
  22. Upgrade the water shack to maximum level.
  23. Restore the pump on the left beneath the truck using the gardener.
  24. Rebuild all 3 expert security shacks.
  25. Plant flowers in the planters.
  26. Remove the coin buoys with the diver.
    Tip: Collect any remaining oxygen you need to do this.
  27. Open the golden chest.
    Tip: The golden chest is located in the bottom right corner, to the right of the divers’ shack.
  28. Click on the check mark over the truck to complete the level.

 

Episode 21 – Bad Neighborhood

Garden Defense! A neighboring farm is being attacked by a local gang of vandals. Jill and Mike decide to help the locals restore order in the community!

 

Objective:

  • Protect the garden!
Gardens Inc 4 – Blooming Stars Episode 21

Gardens Inc 4 – Blooming Stars Episode 21

How to beat the level:

  • The goal of this level is to protect the garden. The garden is considered lost once all the flower beds are destroyed.
  • This level is optional and can be stopped at any time. You do not need to finish it to progress.
  • Reach the silver chest in the center of the level by clearing the garbage blocking the path.
    Tip: You will need 2 workers and 5 tools to remove the final garbage pile blocking your way.

 

Episode 22 – Things That Go Boom

A man claiming to be a time traveler, who decided to settle down in the 21st century, asks Jill and Mike to build him a wonderful garden. The problem? Heavy rubble that needs to be blown up!

 

Objectives:

  • Build a demolition worker shack
  • Remove all piles of rubble (0/5)
  • Fix all fence parts (0/5)
  • Remove all oil spills (0/5)
  • Plant all plants (0/10)
  • Bonus Goal: Plant 4 identical plants and 1 unique plant in one set of planters. Plant 4 of the unique plant and 1 of the 4-set from the first set of planters in the second set of planters.
Gardens Inc 4 – Blooming Stars Episode 22

Gardens Inc 4 – Blooming Stars Episode 22

How to beat the level:

  1. Use the tool workbench 2 times to collect tools.
    Tip: Use the “Fast Work” bonus.
  2. Upgrade the truck.
  3. Clear the path leading to the wood workbench below the truck.
    Tip: Have 1 worker continue to use the tool workbench during this time.
  4. Clear away the garbage pile in front of the supplier shack.

Tip: Collect the wood in this area.

  1. Rebuild the supplier shack and select stone as the resource output.
  2. Repair the wood workbench.
    Tip: Have a worker start using this right away.
  3. Upgrade the truck again.
  4. Clear the paths leading to the divers’ shack and demolition shack.
  5. Refill the supplier shack, if needed. Have the workers continue using the tool and wood workbenches.
  6. Rebuild the boat shack at the bottom of the area.
  7. Repair the bridge.
  8. Rebuild the seed workbench.
    Tip: Use it right away.
  9. Have the demolition worker pick up TNT in front of the demolition shack.
  10. Collect oxygen with the diver.
  11. Clear the oil spills.
  12. Collect the coin buoys.
  13. Rebuild the landing pad and have the helicopter retrieve seed resources.
  14. Remove the rubble on the left using the demolition worker.
  15. Open the golden chest.
    Tip: The chest is hidden behind a pile of books on the upper left, next to the lower flower bed.
  16. Continue collecting seed resources with the helicopter until you have a total of 45. Once you’ve obtained 45 seed resources, change the helicopter’s resource output to tools.
    Tip: Additionally, stop using the seed workbench at this time.
  17. Rebuild the altar.
    Tip: Use this for all your bonus needs.
  18. Plant all flowers.
  19. Fix all the fences.
  20. Click on the check mark over the truck to complete the level.

 

Episode 23 – Space Battles

The “Gardens Inc.” team ventures further north, to Sweden. They’re tasked with assisting a movie crew in preparing a garden set for the eighth episode of the “Space Battles” saga.

 

Objectives:

  • Fix all stone benches (0/7)
  • Build the security shack
  • Build expert security shacks (0/3)
  • Plant and water all plants (0/8)
  • Bonus Goal: Plant warm-colored (e.g. red, pink) flowers in the upper set of planters. Plant cool-colored (e.g. blue, purple) flowers in the lower set of planters.
Gardens Inc 4 – Blooming Stars Episode 23

Gardens Inc 4 – Blooming Stars Episode 23

How to beat the level:

  1. Remove the snow directly below the truck.
    Tip: Collect the 2 tools lying nearby.
  2. Upgrade the truck.
  3. Clear the stump beneath the truck. Continue clearing the path and remove the second stump you encounter, too.
  4. Clear the path leading to the switchable shack. Select stone as the resource output.
  5. Clear the path leading to the worker shack.
    Tip: Beware of bandits! Try to avoid them to prevent them from stealing anything.
  6. Rebuild the worker shack.
  7. Clear the path leading across the top of the map.
  8. Rebuild the expert security shack.
  9. Upgrade the worker shack.
  10. Clear the remaining paths.
  11. Rebuild the expert security shack at the bottom of the area.
  12. Upgrade the tool shack.
  13. Rebuild the switchable shack along the upper path and select seeds as the resource output.

Tip: Switch the resource of the first switchable shack from stone to wood.

  1. Repair the stairs connecting the upper and lower portions of the map.
  2. Rebuild the demolition shack.
  3. Clear the stump on the top left (if you haven’t already).
  4. Rebuild the expert security shack on the far left.
  5. Repair the staircase between the expert security shack and the demolition shack.
  6. Rebuild the security shack on the middle left, next to the middle staircase.
    Tip: Stop providing the expert security shacks with tools at this point.
  7. Change the resource output of the upper switchable shack from seeds to tools as soon as you acquire 32 seeds.
  8. Rebuild the altar.
    Tip: Use this as needed to best utilize your time.
  9. Collect 2 TNT using the demolition worker.
  10. Rebuild the water shack.
  11. Upgrade the water shack to the maximum level.
  12. Change the resource output of the switchable shack on the right from wood to back to stone.
  13. Plant the flowers in the square flower beds first.
    Tip: Water the flowers using the gardener.
  14. Plant the remaining flowers.
  15. Fix the stone benches.
  16. Click on the check mark over the truck to complete the level.

 

Episode 24 – The Rotten Batch

Jill and Mike face a tough challenge: their flower seeds are rotten, so to complete the next job they’ll need to barter with the people working in the fishing port.

 

Objectives:

  • Fix the windmill
  • Remove the boulders (0/5)
  • Plant and water all plants (0/8)
  • Bonus Goal: Of each set of 4 planters, 3 must share the same type of flower, and 1 must be unique. You may repeat the flower type and pattern between the two sets of 4 planters.
Gardens Inc 4 – Blooming Stars Episode 24

Gardens Inc 4 – Blooming Stars Episode 24

How to beat the level:

  1. Clear away the tall grass blocking the way to the tool workbench.
  2. Use the tool workbench.
    Tip: Use the “Fast Work” bonus to collect 2 tools from the workbench.
  3. Upgrade the truck.
    Tip: Have 1 worker continue using the tool workbench.
  4. Clear the path leading to the wood workbench.
  5. Use the wood workbench.
  6. Upgrade the truck again.
  7. Clear the path leading to the second tool workbench.
  8. Rebuild the second tool workbench.

Tip: Use the workbenches often, especially the tool workbenches.

  1. Restore the path leading to the worker shack.
  2. Rebuild the worker shack.
    Tip: Use the “Fast Work” bonus to remove the large stone on the bottom right once completed.
  3. Clear the path leading to the security shack.
  4. Rebuild the security shack.
  5. Remove the large stone blocking access to the rock workbench.
  6. Rebuild the rock workbench.

Tip: Use this as soon as you rebuild it.

  1. Upgrade the worker shack.
  2. Clear the path leading to the windmill.
  3. Remove all obstructions blocking the paths to the flower beds.
  4. Rebuild the water shack.
  5. Upgrade the water shack to the maximum level.
  6. Rebuild the exchange outpost.
    Tip: Immediately start exchanging tools for seeds until you’ve acquired 32 seed resources.
  7. Rebuild both expert security shacks.
  8. Repair the windmill.
  9. Plant all flowers. Water them using the gardeners.
  10. Click on the check mark over the truck to complete the level.

 

Episode 25 – The Eve

Coin Frenzy! On the eve of Halloween, the “Gardens Inc.” crew prepares for the final gardening job in Europe!

 

Objective:

  • Collect as many coins as you can!
Gardens Inc 4 – Blooming Stars Episode 25

Gardens Inc 4 – Blooming Stars Episode 25

How to beat the level:

  • Collect as many coins as you can before time runs out.
  • Clear the paths in order to reach the rafts holding the coins.
  • This level is optional. You do not have to complete it to progress.
  • Rescue all workers in order to gain the best score!
  • The silver chest is located on the upper right.
    Tip: You will need 2 workers and 3 tools in order to remove the final stump blocking your path.

 

Episode 26 – Shocking Cliffhanger

It’s the crew’s final day in Europe. Jill and Mike prepare a garden for the town’s Halloween party, but celebration soon turns to horror, as events take a turn for the worst…

 

Objectives:

  • Remove all piles of rubble (0/5)
  • Remove water obstacles (0/10)
  • Plant and water all plants (0/9)
  • Bonus Goal: Each planter must have a unique flower. No two planters can share the same type.
Gardens Inc 4 – Blooming Stars Episode 26

Gardens Inc 4 – Blooming Stars Episode 26

How to beat the level:

  1. Pick up the tools in front of the tool shack.
  2. Clear the path leading to the tool workbench.
  3. Rebuild the tool workbench.
    Tip: Use the workbench once upon repairing it.
  4. Upgrade the truck.

Tip: Continue using the tool workbench until you have enough resources to upgrade the truck again.

  1. Upgrade the truck again.
  2. Clear the path leading to the rock workbench.
  3. Clear the path leading to the supplier shack and wood workbench.
  4. Rebuild the rock workbench.
    Tip: Continue using both the tool workbench and rock workbench during this time.
  5. Rebuild the wood workbench.
    Tip: Use this right away upon repairing it.
  6. Rebuild the supplier shack and select seed as the resource output.
  7. Rebuild the demolition shack.
  8. Rebuild the seed workbench.
  9. Rebuild the divers’ shack.
  10. Collect oxygen with the diver.
  11. Collect TNT with the demolition worker.
  12. Clear the path leading to the landing pad.
    Tip: Have the helicopter retrieve tools upon reaching the area.
  13. Open the golden chest.
    Tip: The golden chest is hidden behind the wheat to the right of the landing pad.
  14. Rebuild the boat shack on the upper left.
  15. Remove the water garbage from the water on the upper left.
  16. Remove the oil spills and collect the coin buoys with the diver.
  17. Upgrade the tool shack to the maximum level.
  18. Clear all remaining paths.

Tip: Use the demolition worker as necessary to complete this task.

  1. Rebuild the boat shack on the bottom right.

Tip: Collect additional oxygen with the diver at this point.

  1. Rebuild the water shack.
  2. Upgrade the water shack to the maximum level.
  3. Remove the water garbage on the lower right.
  4. Remove the oil spills and collect the coin buoys on the lower right using the diver.
  5. Rebuild the altar.
    Tip: Use as needed to increase the speed of your work.
  6. Plant all plants and water them with the gardeners.
  7. Click on the check mark over the truck to complete the level.

 

Special 3 – Shore Quest

“Jill, Mike, I have another job for you! The town’s coastline has been damaged by a storm, and volunteers are being recruited to help restore it to its previous glory.”

 

Objectives:

  • Fix all benches (0/5)
  • Remove garbage from the water (0/4)
  • Plant and water all plants (0/9)
  • Bonus Goal: Plant two types of flowers (example- flower A and flower B) using the following pattern per set of 3 planters: ABB, BAB, BBA
Gardens Inc 4 – Blooming Stars Special 3

Gardens Inc 4 – Blooming Stars Special 3

How to beat the level:

  1. Remove the branches blocking the way to the tool shack.
  2. Collect the tools lying around the path in this area.
  3. Upgrade the truck.
  4. Remove the stone and the branches blocking the path.
  5. Repair the stairs.
  6. Clear the path on the upper landing leading to the tool workbench.
  7. Repair the tool workbench.
    Tip: Once built, use this right away.
  8. Clear the mid and upper paths.
  9. Rebuild the divers’ shack.
  10. Change the resource output on the switchable shack to stone.
  11. Upgrade the truck again.
  12. Upgrade the tool shack.
    Tip: Use the tool workbench again at this point.
  13. Rebuild the seed workbench.
  14. Collect oxygen from the oxygen station using the diver.

Tip: Repair the stairs to reach this area if you haven’t done so already.

  1. Clear the path leading to the boat shack.
  2. Change the resource output of the switchable shack from stone to wood once you’ve acquired 10 stone resources.
  3. Upgrade the tool shack to the maximum level.
  4. Rebuild the demolition shack.
  5. Repair any remaining staircases.
  6. Remove the water garbage.
  7. Repair the wooden benches near the seed workbench.
  8. Remove any remaining rubble.
  9. Clear any remaining paths.
  10. Collect the coins and open the silver chest.
  11. Repair the wooden benches at the bottom of the area.
  12. Plant the water flowers with the diver.
  13. Plant all remaining flowers on land.
  14. Click on the check mark over the truck to complete the level.

 

Chapter 4: Africa

 

Episode 27 – One Week Later

After an unexpected scare and news of their twins, Jill and Mike are back on set. Now expecting both a boy and a girl, a new set of adventures awaits them in Africa.

 

Objectives:

  • Fix all lamps (0/14)
  • Fix all stairs (0/3)
  • Plant all plants (0/10)
  • Bonus Goal: Sets of 2 planters must have unique types of flowers per planter. Sets of 3 planters must have the same type of flower in all planters of that trio.
Gardens Inc 4 – Blooming Stars Episode 27

Gardens Inc 4 – Blooming Stars Episode 27

How to beat the level:

  1. Remove the pile of leaves blocking the path to the tool shack.
    Tip: Collect the piles of tools in the immediate area.
  2. Upgrade the truck.
  3. Clear the path leading to the universal workbench.
  4. Use the universal workbench to acquire tools.
  5. Upgrade the truck again.
  6. Use the universal workbench to acquire stone.
  7. Repair the stone staircase.
  8. Clear the path leading to the left and collect the wood.
  9. Upgrade the tool shack.
  10. Use the universal workbench, switching between stone and wood for resource output.
  11. Clear the path leading left and repair the wooden staircases.
  12. Clear the huge weed above the stairs.

Tip: When you’ve acquired enough tools to remove the stones on the upper right, use the “Extra Resource” bonus.

  1. Continue using the universal workbench, switching between tools and wood.
  2. Upgrade the tool shack again.
  3. Rebuild the hang glider shack.
  4. Collect the green seed balloons.
  5. Rebuild the second hang glider shack.
  6. Clear the remaining portion of the upper left path.
    Tip: When removing the stones, use the “Extra Resource” bonus.
  7. Rebuild the supplier shack and choose wood as the resource output.
  8. Rebuild the exchange outpost on the upper right.
    Tip: Exchange wood for seeds.
  9. Plant seeds in the planters.
  10. Repair the lamps.
  11. Click on the check mark over the truck to complete the level.

 

Episode 28 – Ancient History

Jill and Mike visit a museum of Egypt’s history. Its director asks Jill and Mike to build a small garden on the museum’s premises.

 

Objectives:

  • Fix all wooden benches (0/10)
  • Remove all piles of rubble (0/6)
  • Plant and water all plants (0/8)
  • Bonus Goal: The left and right circles of planters must share the same color flower.
Gardens Inc 4 – Blooming Stars Episode 28

Gardens Inc 4 – Blooming Stars Episode 28

How to beat the level:

  1. Clear the sand on the path leading to the universal workbench.
  2. Use the universal workbench to make tools.
    Tip: Use the “Fast Work” bonus to double the output of tools made.
  3. Upgrade the truck.
  4. Clear the path leading to the tool shack.
    Tip: Continue making tools at the universal workbench during this time.
  5. Upgrade the truck again.
  6. Clear the path leading to the landing pad and around the circle.
  7. Upgrade the tool shack.
  8. Use the universal workbench to make stone.
  9. Clear the stump near the altar.
  10. Upgrade the tool shack again.
  11. Use the universal workbench again, alternating between wood and stone resource output.
  12. Rebuild the demolition shack.
  13. Rebuild the landing pad.
    Tip: Have the helicopter deliver seeds.
  14. Collect 2 TNT with the demolition worker.
    Tip: Once you’ve acquired more seeds, have the demolition worker collect more TNT.
  15. Clear the path leading up to the bridge.
  16. Upgrade the tool shack to the maximum level.
  17. Restore the path near the top of the area to reach the broken benches.
  18. Clear the path on the left side of the map, working your way upward.
  19. Rebuild the seed workbench.
    Tip: At this point, change the helicopter resource delivery so that it alternates between stone and wood.
  20. Use the seed workbench.
  21. Remove any remaining rubble.
  22. Rebuild the worker shack.
  23. Rebuild the water shack.
  24. Upgrade the worker shack.
  25. Upgrade the water shack.
  26. Restore the sandy path on the lower left, next to the canal.
  27. Open the golden chest.
    Tip: The golden chest is located behind pillar on the lower left, beneath the left circular path.
  28. Rebuild the altar.
  29. Upgrade the water shack to the maximum level.
  30. Repair the pump beneath the bridge on the right with a gardener.
  31. Plant seeds in the planters, using the gardeners to water them.
  32. Repair all remaining benches.
  33. Click on the check mark over the truck to complete the level.

 

Episode 29 – Bloodsuckers

The “Gardens Inc.” crew makes a stop at a tourist spot in the middle of nowhere. Unfortunately, the area is overrun by bloodthirsty mosquitoes. Jill and Mike must find a way to get rid of them – and fast!

 

Objectives:

  • Build an insect catcher shack
  • Catch all mosquito swarms (0/5)
  • Plant and water all plants (0/12)
  • Bonus Goal: Make sure all gardens match
Gardens Inc 4 – Blooming Stars Episode 29

Gardens Inc 4 – Blooming Stars Episode 29

How to beat the level:

  1. Pick up all the wood and clear the tall grass from the path.
  2. Use the exchange outpost to trade wood for 2 tools.
  3. Upgrade the truck.
  4. Upgrade the wood shack.
  5. Clear the path leading to the insect catcher shack.
  6. Rebuild the insect catcher shack.
  7. Restore the paths leading right and up toward the universal workbench.
  8. Upgrade the truck again.
  9. Repair the universal workbench.
  10. Rebuild the demolition shack.
  11. Clear the path leading to the TNT pit.
  12. Use the universal workbench 2 times to produce stone.
    Tip: Use the universal workbench to produce wood afterward.
  13. Clear the path leading to the hang glider shack.
  14. Rebuild the hang glider shack.
  15. Collect the orange wood balloons.
  16. Clear the path leading to the seed shack.
  17. Rebuild the seed shack.
  18. Upgrade the seed shack.
  19. Clear the path leading to the right, collecting TNT with the demolition worker to destroy the rubble as you go.
  20. Repair the stairs.
  21. Rebuild the water shack.
  22. Collect the coins.
  23. Open the silver chest.
    Tip: The silver chest is located on the rocky outcrop on the upper left.
  24. Rebuild the 2 hang glider shacks toward the top of the area.
  25. Clear the paths on the upper right portion of the map.
  26. Plant seeds in the square flower beds first.
  27. Upgrade the water shack to the maximum level.
  28. Water the plants with the gardeners.
    Tip: Have 1 gardener repair the pump at the top of the map.
  29. Plant the remaining flowers in the flower beds.
  30. Click on the check mark over the truck to complete the level.

 

Episode 30 – Commitments

An old train station is due to be reopened, but is still in need of some serious repairs. Jill and Mike are tasked with both renovating the garden, and repairing the station. Later, Vincent has some unexpected news.

 

Objectives:

  • Fix the railway (0/12)
  • Remove all piles of rubble (0/5)
  • Plant and water all plants (0/12)
  • Bonus Goal: Make your gardens on each side of the railroad track symmetrical
Gardens Inc 4 – Blooming Stars Episode 30

Gardens Inc 4 – Blooming Stars Episode 30

How to beat the level:

  1. Pick up the tools in front of the tool shack, as well as the tools near the truck.
  2. Clear the path leading to the wood workbench.
  3. Upgrade the truck.
  4. Use the wood workbench.
  5. Clear the path leading to the universal workbench.
  6. Upgrade the tool shack.

Tip: Collect any remaining tools in the area.

  1. Rebuild the universal workbench.
    Tip: Start using the universal workbench right away, and select stone as the resource output.
  2. Rebuild the demolition shack.
  3. Upgrade the truck again.
  4. Upgrade the tool shack again.
  5. Rebuild the landing pad.
    Tip: Have the helicopter bring in seeds until you have 72 seeds total.
  6. Begin clearing away any obstructions over the tracks.

Tip: Don’t stop using the wood workbench yet.

  1. Repair the bridge.
  2. Clear the path leading to the hang glider shack.
  3. Collect TNT with the demolition worker.
  4. Repair the stairs.
  5. Rebuild the insect catcher shack.
  6. Rebuild the hang glider shack toward the bottom of the map.
  7. Collect the seed balloons.
  8. Rebuild the water shack.
  9. Upgrade the water shack.
  10. Repair the pump at the top of the map using a gardener.
  11. Plant seeds in the square flower beds first.
  12. Rebuild the hang glider shack and clear the big rubble behind it.
  13. Clear all remaining paths.
  14. Upgrade the water shack again.
  15. Rebuild the seed workbench.

Tip: Have the helicopter start bringing you tools instead of seeds at this point.

  1. Collect all coins along the tracks.
  2. Plant all remaining flowers.
  3. Click on the check mark over the truck to complete the level.

 

Episode 31 – Creatures of the Desert

Garden Defense! A local newspaper writer asks Jill and Mike to help him protect his garden from a pincer attack by wolves and scorpions.

 

Objective:

  • Protect the garden!
Gardens Inc 4 – Blooming Stars Episode 31

Gardens Inc 4 – Blooming Stars Episode 31

How to beat the level:

  • The level will be lost as soon as the lions and/or scorpions destroy the garden.
  • This level is optional. You do not have to complete it to progress.
  • Free all workers in order to open the silver chest and obtain the highest score.
  • The silver chest is located on the left between 2 gold cat statues.
    Tip: You will need to clear garbage blocking the path in order to reach the silver chest. The final garbage pile requires 2 workers and 5 tools to remove.

 

Episode 32 – Gardening on the Nile

The “Gardens Inc.” crew need to cross the Nile to get to their next destination. The ferry tickets cost a fortune, but if Jill and Mike can renovate the port’s garden, they can earn a big discount!

 

Objectives:

  • Remove debris (0/2)
  • Remove water obstacles (0/6)
  • Catch all snakes (0/5)
  • Plant and water all plants (0/12)
  • Bonus Goal: Make dry planters symmetrical and wet planters asymmetrical
Gardens Inc 4 – Blooming Stars Episode 32

Gardens Inc 4 – Blooming Stars Episode 32

How to beat the level:

  1. Pick up the tools.
  2. Remove the tall grass blocking the path to the universal workbench.
  3. Use the universal workbench to produce 2 tools.
  4. Upgrade the truck.
  5. Use the universal workbench to produce 1 wood.
  6. Clear the path leading to the second universal workbench.
  7. Use the universal workbench to produce stone.
  8. Upgrade the truck again.
  9. Rebuild the second universal workbench.

Tip: Use both universal workbenches to produce tools at this time.

  1. Clear the path leading to the worker shack.
  2. Rebuild the worker shack.
  3. Use the universal workbenches to produce tools, stone, and wood in alternating shifts.
  4. Clear the path leading to the altar.
  5. Rebuild the altar.
    Tip: Use the altar often during this level, particularly the “Fast Work” and “Time Halt” bonuses. Use these throughout the entire level.
  6. Clear the path leading to the animal catcher shack.
  7. Rebuild the animal catcher shack.
  8. Repair the third universal workbench.
  9. Remove the snakes using the animal catcher.
  10. Rebuild the fourth universal workbench.
  11. Rebuild the divers’ shack.
  12. Upgrade the truck again.
  13. Clear the path leading to the boat shacks.

Tip: Use the universal workbenches to provide yourself with tools, seed, wood, and stone as needed.

  1. Collect oxygen using the diver.
  2. Remove the branches from the water.

Tip: Stop producing wood and stone at this point and instead focus on producing tools and seed.

  1. Clear the paths on the left and right.
  2. Plant water flowers using the diver.
  3. Collect the coins.
  4. Open the silver chest.
    Tip: The silver chest is located on the lower right.
  5. Plant all remaining flowers.
  6. Collect the 2 coin buoys.
  7. Click on the check mark over the truck to complete the level.

 

Episode 33 – Digging in the Dirt

Jill and Mike are tasking with preparing a birthday party for a distinguished archaeologist at the site of a dig. Later, the team faces another crisis.

 

Objectives:

  • Catch all animals (0/10)
  • Renovate all spherical bushes (0/10)
  • Fix all benches (0/10)
  • Plant and water all plants (0/6)
  • Bonus Goal: One, two, three; one, two three – the 1st and 4th planters must match, the 2nd and 5th planters must match, and the 3rd and 6th planters must match.
Gardens Inc 4 – Blooming Stars Episode 33

Gardens Inc 4 – Blooming Stars Episode 33

How to beat the level:

  1. Collect the stone.
  2. Use the exchange outpost to exchange the stone for tools.
    Tip: Use the “Half Price” bonus often, but don’t wait around to use it, particularly when you have larger tasks or projects to attend to. This bonus is particularly useful when used while exchanging resources or planting seeds.
  3. Clear the path leading to the second exchange outpost.
  4. Clear the path leading to the animal catcher shack.
  5. Exchange stone for wood at the second exchange outpost.

Tip: Continue to exchange these resources throughout the level as needed.

  1. Rebuild the animal catcher shack.
  2. Rebuild the rock workbench.
    Tip: Use this right away once repaired.
  3. Upgrade the rock shack.
  4. Upgrade the truck.
  5. Clear the path leading to the hang glider shack.
  6. Clear the path leading to the flower beds toward the bottom left.
  7. Rebuild the third exchange outpost.

Tip: Exchange stone for seeds until you have a total of 60 seeds. Use the “Half Price” bonus as able.

  1. Rebuild both hang glider shacks.
  2. Collect the coin balloons.
  3. Clear the path behind the hang glider shack.
  4. Rebuild the second rock workbench.
  5. Upgrade the rock shack to maximum level.
  6. Upgrade the truck to maximum level.
  7. Clear all remaining paths.
  8. Rebuild the water shack.
  9. Upgrade the water shack.
  10. Collect the coins.
  11. Plant the flowers.
  12. Upgrade the water shack again.
  13. Repair the pump on the left with the gardener.
  14. Exchange stone for wood and tools.
    Tip: Use the “Half Price” bonus to repair the benches and water the flowers.
  15. Water all remaining flowers.
  16. Click on the check mark over the truck to complete the level.

 

Episode 34 – Oasis

Jill and Mike arrive at an oasis. There, the gardening couple must save a dying pond and restore a garden to its former glory! Later, the team discovers their final destination in Africa.

 

Objectives:

  • Catch all animals (0/6)
  • Fix the damaged pond
  • Plant and water all plants (0/12)
  • Bonus Goal: Each ring of the circular path must have a unique type of flower. All flowers within a ring must be the same.
Gardens Inc 4 – Blooming Stars Episode 34

Gardens Inc 4 – Blooming Stars Episode 34

How to beat the level:

  1. Remove the tall grass and pick up the tool lying in front of the switchable shack.
  2. Clear the path to the tool shack.
  3. Rebuild the tool shack.
    Tip: Use the “Half Price” bonus while doing this and the next task.
  4. Upgrade the truck.
  5. Change the resource output of the switchable shack to stone.
  6. Clear the path leading to the wood workbench.
  7. Rebuild the wood workbench.
    Tip: As soon as this is built, start using it right away.
  8. Upgrade the truck again.
  9. Clear the path leading to the animal catcher shack.

Tip: Be careful of the snakes hiding in the tall grass!

  1. Rebuild the animal catcher shack.
  2. Upgrade the tool shack.
  3. Upgrade the truck again.
  4. Clear the path leading to the rock shack.
  5. Rebuild the rock shack.
  6. Change the resource output on the switchable shack to tools.
  7. Clear the path to the divers’ shack.
  8. Rebuild the divers’ shack.
  9. Upgrade the tool shack again.
  10. Upgrade the rock shack.
  11. Rebuild the water shack.
  12. Collect oxygen with the diver.
  13. Clear the path leading to the right.
  14. Collect the coin buoys.
  15. Upgrade the water shack.
  16. Repair the pumps near the water and on the right.
  17. Repair the pond as soon as you have enough resources.
  18. Upgrade the tool shack to the maximum level.
    Tip: Continue using the wood workbenches to produce wood.
  19. Clear the path to the second exchange outpost.
  20. Rebuild the second exchange outpost.

Tip: As soon as it’s built, exchange tools and wood for seed.

  1. Open the golden chest.
    Tip: The golden chest is hidden behind a cactus in the upper right corner.
  2. Plant flowers in the square flower beds first and water them.
    Tip: Use the “Half Price” bonus while doing this.
  3. Plant all remaining flowers.
  4. Click on the check mark over the truck to complete the level.

 

Episode 35 – Party on the Nile

Coin Frenzy! The cast and crew take a day off from the show’s production. Jill and Mike decide to spend the day by the River Nile.

 

Objective:

  • Collect as many coins as you can!
Gardens Inc 4 – Blooming Stars Episode 35

Gardens Inc 4 – Blooming Stars Episode 35

How to beat the level:

  • Collect as many coins as you can before time runs out.
  • This level is optional. You do not have to complete it to progress.
  • Free all the workers in order to reach the silver chest and obtain the highest score.
  • The silver chest is located above the path on the lower left.
    Tip: You will need 2 workers and 6 tools in order to remove the large stone blocking the bottom left path leading to the silver chest. In order to remove the small rubble in front of the chest, you will need 2 tools and 1 TNT each.

 

Episode 36 – Unexpected Destination

The crew followed the coordinates the network gave them, but ended up in a dead end. Jill and Mike decide to repair a damaged road, but their final destination is not what they expected!

 

Objectives:

  • Remove all piles of rubble (0/4)
  • Remove debris (0/2)
  • Fix the big bridge
Gardens Inc 4 – Blooming Stars Episode 36

Gardens Inc 4 – Blooming Stars Episode 36

How to beat the level:

  1. Use the universal workbench to produce tools.
    Tip: Use the “Fast Work” bonus to produce twice as many.
  2. Upgrade the truck.
  3. Use the universal workbench to produce 1 wood, followed by tools.
  4. Clear the path leading to the wood workbench.
  5. Upgrade the truck again.
  6. Clear the path to the stairs and repair them.
  7. Rebuild the demolition shack.
    Tip: Continue producing wood and tools at the wood and universal workbenches respectively.
  8. Clear the path leading to the wood workbench on the upper right.
  9. Collect TNT with the demolition worker.
  10. Repair the first set of stairs heading down and clear the path until you collect the stone.
  11. Remove the big rubble at the bottom of the screen with the demolition worker.
  12. Rebuild the animal catcher shack.
  13. Clear the path leading to the insect catcher shack.
  14. Rebuild the insect catcher shack.
  15. Repair the wood workbench.
    Tip: Use it right away once repaired.
  16. Use the universal workbench to produce seeds.
  17. Repair the bridge leading across the stream at the bottom of the map. Continue clearing the path until you reach the TNT pit.
    Tip: Now the demolition worker can gather from here.
  18. Upgrade the truck again.
  19. Open the golden chest.
    Tip: The golden chest is hidden behind some shrubs at the bottom left of the screen, just under the TNT pit.
  20. Repair the stairs on the lower left leading back up to the road and clear the debris on the road.
  21. Repair the stairs on the upper left.
  22. Clear the path leading to the exchange outpost and seed workbench.
  23. Rebuild the exchange outpost.
  24. Rebuild the seed workbench.
  25. Exchange wood and seed resources until you have enough stone to build the bridge and TNT pit.
  26. Continue producing resources. You will need 30 wood, 30 tools, and 20 stone.
  27. Repair the big bridge on the left.
  28. Click on the check mark over the truck to complete the level.

 

Special 4 – The Desert Hotel

“Jill, Mike, I have another job for you! A nearby hotel construction site has requested your help in designing and building the hotel’s garden.”

 

Objectives:

  • Fix the sprinklers (0/3)
  • Plant and water all plants (0/8)
  • Bonus Goal: Plant at least 4 types of plants in 3 different colors
Gardens Inc 4 – Blooming Stars Special 4

Gardens Inc 4 – Blooming Stars Special 4

How to beat the level:

  1. Pick up the tools in the immediate area.
  2. Upgrade the truck.
  3. Clear the paths leading to the wood workbench and the stone workbench.
  4. Upgrade the truck again.
  5. Change the resource output of the switchable shack to stone.
  6. Use the wood workbench and stone workbench.
  7. Rebuild the rock shack.
  8. Upgrade the rock shack.
  9. Rebuild the exchange outpost.
    Tip: Exchange stone for tools on a regular basis.
  10. Clear the path leading to the wood shack.
  11. Rebuild the wood shack.
  12. Upgrade the wood shack.
  13. Upgrade the truck again.
  14. Upgrade the wood shack to the maximum.
  15. Upgrade the rock shack to the maximum.
  16. Repair the path on the right while clearing the path on the left.
  17. Rebuild the demolition shack.
  18. Rebuild the water shack.
  19. Rebuild the second exchange outpost.
    Tip: Exchange for seeds here on a regular basis.
  20. Collect from the TNT pit using the demolition worker.
  21. Remove all the rubble.
    Tip: Once removed, you will need 44 seeds in total to plant all the flowers.
  22. Upgrade the water shack to the maximum level.
  23. Clear all remaining paths.
  24. Repair the sprinklers.
    Tip: Use the “Half Price” bonus while doing this.
  25. Plant flowers in the square flower beds first, then call in the gardeners to water them.
  26. Collect the coins.
  27. Open the silver chest.
    Tip: The silver chest is located on the right.
  28. Plant the remaining flowers.
  29. Click on the check mark over the truck to complete the level.

 

Chapter 5: North America

 

Episode 37 – Home Sweet Home

“Jill, Mike, welcome home. I’m so sorry about the cancellation of the show, but I’m glad you’re safe now. If you’d be up for it, I actually have a job for you! Your help is needed in rebuilding a local farm and its garden!”

 

Objectives:

  • Fix the windmill
  • Fix the waterwheel
  • Plant and water all plants (0/6)
  • Bonus Goal: Make sure the center of each group of planters is unique from the flowers around it and the centers of the other planter groups
Gardens Inc 4 – Blooming Stars Episode 37

Gardens Inc 4 – Blooming Stars Episode 37

How to beat the level:

  1. Use the universal workbench 2 times to produce tools.
  2. Upgrade the truck.
  3. Pick up the tools and clear the path leading to the tool workbench.
  4. Use the universal workbench to produce 1 wood and 1 stone resource.
  5. Rebuild the switchable shack. Select animal catcher as your option.
  6. Rebuild the tool workbench.
    Tip: Once repaired, use it right away.
  7. Upgrade the truck again.
  8. Use the universal workbench to produce 2 wood, 2 stone, followed by tools.
  9. Clear the path leading to the seed workbench.
  10. Rebuild the seed workbench.

Tip: Once repaired, use it right away.

  1. Upgrade the truck again.

Tip: Use all workbenches frequently.

  1. Clear the path leading to the altar.
  2. Rebuild the altar.
  3. Clear the path leading to the next 2 workbenches.
  4. Rebuild the second switchable shack. Select standard worker for now.
  5. Rebuild the stone and wood workbenches.
    Tip: Once rebuilt, use them right away.
  6. Use the altar as needed for bonuses.
  7. Rebuild the expert animal catcher shack.
  8. Repair the two bridges.
  9. Clear all remaining paths.
  10. Plant seeds in the planters.
  11. Change all switchable worker shacks into gardeners.
    Tip: Continue collecting and producing stone, wood, and tools resources.
  12. Rebuild the windmill and the water wheel.
    Tip: Use the “Half Price” bonus while doing this.
  13. Click on the check mark over the truck to complete the level.

 

Episode 38 – Lady Haha

“I really wish the show hadn’t been cancelled before the big finale. We could’ve helped the children! Now, it’s back to business as usual – but our next client is an ex-pop star!”

 

Objectives:

  • Fix all benches (0/8)
  • Remove all ice cubes (0/4)
  • Plant and water all plants (0/6)
  • Bonus Goal: The flowers you plant on the lower level must be different from those you plant on the upper level (up the stairs)
Gardens Inc 4 – Blooming Stars Episode 38

Gardens Inc 4 – Blooming Stars Episode 38

How to beat the level:

  1. Pick up the wood in front of the wood shack.
  2. Exchange the wood for tools at the exchange outpost.
  3. Upgrade the truck.
  4. Clear away the stone on the left, then open the crates and gather the resources inside.

Tip: Exchange these resources for tools at the exchange outpost.

  1. Clear the path leading to the bridge.
  2. Repair the bridge.
  3. Clear the path leading to the right and remove the stone blocking the path.
  4. Rebuild the supplier shack.
  5. Remove the large stone on the left.
    Tip: Use the “Half Price” bonus when clearing this away.
  6. Upgrade the wood shack.
  7. Upgrade the truck.
  8. Pick up the watch.
  9. Clear the path leading to the second exchange outpost.
  10. Rebuild the second exchange outpost.
  11. Clear the path leading to the altar.
  12. Upgrade the truck.
    Tip: Use the “Half Price” bonus while working on this and the next 2 tasks.
  13. Upgrade the wood shack.
  14. Remove the large stone blocking the path further down the path on the right.
  15. Rebuild the altar.
    Tip: Use the altar to restore the “Half Price” and “Fast Work” bonuses.
  16. Rebuild the switchable workers’ shack.
    Tip: Once rebuilt, select the default worker.
  17. Rebuild the third exchange outpost.

Tip: Use all outposts to exchange for resources on a regular basis.

  1. Clear the path on the right leading to the second watch.
  2. Pick up the second watch.
  3. Rebuild the second switchable workers’ shack.
    Tip: Select the standard worker again.
  4. Rebuild the wood workbench.
    Tip: Use this right away upon restoring it.
  5. Clear the paths leading to the flower beds.
  6. Plant the flowers.
    Tip: Switch both switchable workers’ shacks from default workers to gardeners.
  7. Repair the pump located in the lower portion of the level.
  8. Collect all coins.
  9. Clear all remaining paths.
  10. Repair all the wooden benches.
  11. Click on the check mark over the truck to complete the level.

 

Episode 39 – Secret Plans

“Time for a short trip to Canada! A famous golfer has asked us to assist him in renovating his golfing garden! After that, we have an interesting meeting to attend to. I’m actually pretty excited!”

 

Objectives:

  • Build all general shacks (0/2)
  • Remove all piles of rubble (0/3)
  • Plant all plants (0/6)
  • Bonus Goal: The two small upper planters must have the same type of flower. The two small lower planters must also have the same type of flower. The two large planters must also share the same type of flower. Each of these sets cannot share between each other. Each set of two must be unique.
Gardens Inc 4 – Blooming Stars Episode 39

Gardens Inc 4 – Blooming Stars Episode 39

How to beat the level:

  1. Pick up the tools in front of the switchable shack.
  2. Upgrade the truck.
  3. Clear the path leading to the general shack.
  4. Rebuild the general shack.
  5. Clear the path leading to the second general shack and switchable workers’ shack.
  6. Rebuild the switchable workers’ shack.
    Tip: Select the animal catcher for your worker type.
  7. Rebuild the second switchable shack and select seeds as your resource output.
  8. Rebuild the second general shack.
  9. Rebuild the demolition shack.
  10. Switch the resource output of the second switchable shack to stone.
  11. Thaw the TNT and collect it with the demolition worker.

Tip: Once collected, have the demolition worker remove the small rubble toward the lower right.

  1. Change the resource outpost of the second switchable shack back to seeds.
    Tip: Keep the resource output on seeds until you’ve collected 32 total. Once you’ve collected 32 seeds, switch the resource output to tools.
  2. Open the golden chest.
    Tip: The golden chest is hidden behind a bush at the bottom of the level, below the first switchable shack.
  3. Rebuild the expert animal catcher shack near the top left of the level.
  4. Change the worker type on the switchable workers’ shack from animal catcher to standard worker.
  5. Upgrade the truck again.
  6. Rebuild all 3 hang glider shacks.
  7. Clear the paths leading to the watches on the two rightmost islands.
  8. Collect the 2 watches.
  9. Collect all balloons.
  10. Blast away the 2 big rubbles on the rightmost islands and clear the remainder of the paths.
  11. Plant all flowers.
  12. Click on the check mark over the truck to complete the level.

 

Episode 40 – Making Deals

“The Sunnydale Sports Centre is planning to open a new outdoor section, and your gardening expertise is required! You’ll be pleased to know I’ve also set up a meeting with Diane Powers – good luck!”

 

Objectives:

  • Remove all obstacles from the water (0/13)
  • Remove traps (0/6)
  • Plant and water all plants (0/6)
  • Bonus Goal: Collect every single item available and clear every single obstacle on the level
Gardens Inc 4 – Blooming Stars Episode 40

Gardens Inc 4 – Blooming Stars Episode 40

How to beat the level:

  1. Use the universal workbench to acquire 2 tools.
  2. Upgrade the truck.
  3. Use the universal workbench to acquire 1 wood.
  4. Clear the path leading to the seed shack.
  5. Rebuild the seed shack.
  6. Clear the path leading to the left.
  7. Upgrade the seed shack.
    Tip: Use the “Half Price” bonus while performing this and the following 2 tasks.
  8. Upgrade the truck again.
  9. Rebuild the exchange outpost.
  10. Use the universal workbench to acquire more wood.
  11. Exchange seeds for tools at the exchange outpost.
  12. Clear the path leading up to the wood workbench.
    Tip: Once you reach the wood workbench, continue using it throughout the remainder of the level.
  13. Begin using the universal workbench to acquire tools.
  14. Rebuild the supplier shack. Select stone as the resource output.
  15. Repair the first set of bridges.
  16. Upgrade the truck again.
  17. Rebuild the divers’ shack.
    Tip: Use the diver to collect oxygen.
  18. Clear the paths on the lower left and repair the last bridge.
  19. Rebuild the second exchange outpost.
    Tip: Once rebuilt, use this right away.
  20. Rebuild the boat shack.
  21. Clear the branches from the water.
  22. Remove any oil spills, reeds, and buoys in the water using the diver.
    Tip: Make sure the diver clears away everything!
  23. Plant flowers in the planters.
  24. Rebuild the water shack.
  25. Upgrade the water shack.
  26. Repair the pump next to the boat shack using the gardener.
  27. Upgrade the water shack.
  28. Upgrade the seed shack.
  29. Exchange wood for tools using the exchange outpost.
  30. Finish any remaining plant tasks with the gardener.
  31. Click on the check mark over the truck to complete the level.

 

Episode 41 – Park Security

Garden Defense! We’ve been asked by the Sunnydale City Council to help find a way to protect the Sunnydale Central Park’s gardens against vandals.

 

Objective:

  • Protect the garden!
Gardens Inc 4 – Blooming Stars Episode 41

Gardens Inc 4 – Blooming Stars Episode 41

How to beat the level:

  • Protect the garden and keep it intact until the timer runs out. The garden is considered lost once the vandals destroy all the flowers.
  • This level is optional. You do not have to complete it to progress.
  • Free all the workers in order to reach the silver chest and obtain the highest score.
  • The silver chest is located on the upper left.
    Tip: You will need to have at least 3 workers at your disposal in order to clear all the obstacles standing between you and the silver chest.

 

Episode 42 – Architects of Justice

The crew of the “Gardens Inc.” show is finally reunited! Jill and Mike have to renovate a garden belonging to an architect, and the plan to unmask the saboteur behind the show’s cancellation is put to action!

 

Objectives:

  • Fix all walls (0/8)
  • Fix the landing pad
  • Plant all plants (0/14)
  • Bonus Goal: Make sure all even-numbered sets of planters have the same type of flower as each other. Make sure all the odd-numbered sets of planters have the same type of flower as each other. The even and odd-numbered planters cannot share the same type of flower.
Gardens Inc 4 – Blooming Stars Episode 42

Gardens Inc 4 – Blooming Stars Episode 42

How to beat the level:

  1. Pick up the tools in front of the tool shack.
  2. Rebuild the expert security shack on the left.
  3. Upgrade the truck.
  4. Pick up the tools near the truck.
  5. Clear the path leading to the exchange outpost.
    Tip: Use the exchange outpost, exchanging time for 1 unit of wood.
  6. Clear the path leading to the tool workbench.
  7. Rebuild the tool workbench.
    Tip: Use it right away upon reaching it.
  8. Clear the path leading to the general shack.
  9. Rebuild the general shack.
  10. Upgrade the truck again.

Tip: Once you’ve gained the extra worker, use this worker on the tool workbench and continue to gather as many tools resources as possible.

  1. Clear the paths leading to the seed shack and the landing pad.
  2. Rebuild the landing pad.
    Tip: Have the helicopter retrieve wood resources.
  3. Rebuild the seed shack.

Tip: Upgrade the seed shack whenever you can once built.

  1. Upgrade the truck again.
  2. Clear the path leading to the switchable workers’ shack.
  3. Rebuild the switchable workers’ shack.
    Tip: Once built, select the security worker.
  4. Clear the upper paths.
  5. Rebuild the expert security shack.

Tip: Once built, change the switchable workers’ shack worker from security worker to default worker.

  1. Switch between ordering wood resources and stone resources from the helicopter.
  2. Upgrade the tool shack.
  3. Upgrade the seed shack.

Tip: Once this is done being upgraded, have the helicopter deliver only stone resources.

  1. Rebuild the exchange outpost.
    Tip: Use as needed to cushion your resources.
  2. Clear all remaining paths.
  3. Collect the coins.
  4. Open the golden chest.
    Tip: The golden chest is located behind a bush in the upper left corner of the level.
  5. Plant all flowers in the planters.
  6. Repair all broken walls.
  7. Click on the check mark over the truck to complete the level.

 

Episode 43 – Bait and Switch

Jill and Mike are tasked with renovating an old park, which will feature new and exciting routes for cyclists! Later, preparations begin for the show’s big finale.

 

Objectives:

  • Remove all obstacles from the water (0/9)
  • Remove all piles of rubble (0/3)
  • Fix the swimming pool
  • Plant and water all plants (0/10)
  • Bonus Goal: Make planter groups of 2 plants identical and planter groups of 3 plants unique
Gardens Inc 4 – Blooming Stars Episode 43

Gardens Inc 4 – Blooming Stars Episode 43

How to beat the level:

  1. Pick up the wood and stone resources in the immediate area.
  2. Use the exchange outpost on the left to exchange wood and stone for tools.
    Tip: Use the “Half Price” bonus while doing this.
  3. Upgrade the truck.
  4. Clear the path leading to the universal workbench.
    Tip: Use the workbench to produce 2 stones, then seeds.
  5. Clear the paths leading to the demolition shack and the switchable workers’ shack.
  6. Rebuild the demolition shack.
  7. Rebuild the switchable workers’ shack.
    Tip: Select default worker for now.
  8. Collect additional tools as needed for upgrades.
    Tip: Use the “Half Price” bonus during the next wave of upgrades.
  9. Upgrade the truck again.
  10. Upgrade the wood shack.
  11. Upgrade the rock shack.
  12. Collect TNT using the demolition worker.
  13. Clear away the small rubble in front of the altar.
  14. Rebuild the altar.
    Tip: Use the altar to acquire the “Half Price” bonus for use when using the exchange outpost. You do not need to wait and use the bonus on upgrades.
  15. Open the golden chest.
    Tip: The golden chest is hidden behind a bush below the altar.
  16. Clear the path leading to the divers’ shack.
  17. Rebuild the divers’ shack.
    Tip: Once rebuilt, have the diver start gathering oxygen right away.
  18. Clear the path leading to the boat shack.
  19. Rebuild the boat shack.
  20. Rebuild the exchange outpost.
    Tip: Use as needed to cushion your resources.
  21. Clear the path leading to the seed workbench.
  22. Rebuild the seed workbench.
    Tip: Once repaired, use the seed workbench right away. Continue using the universal workbench to produce wood and stone in alternating shifts.
  23. Remove the water garbage.
  24. Remove the oil spills and collect the coin buoys with the diver.
  25. Plant flowers in the square flower beds first.
  26. Rebuild the switchable workers’ shack on the right.
    Tip: Select gardener as your worker type. Additionally, switch the first switchable workers’ shack worker type to gardener, too.
  27. Upgrade the truck again.
  28. Restore the swimming pool.

Tip: Use the “Half Price” bonus here.

  1. Plant all remaining flowers while the gardeners continue to water flowers in the square beds.
  2. Click on the check mark over the truck to complete the level.

 

Episode 44 – Anticipation

Coin Frenzy! It’s the day before the show’s season finale, and the crew have the day off. Jill and Mike are so close to winning the grand prize – ten million dollars for the children in need!

 

Objective:

  • Collect as many coins as you can!
Gardens Inc 4 – Blooming Stars Episode 44

Gardens Inc 4 – Blooming Stars Episode 44

How to beat the level:

  • Collect as many coins as possible before time runs out.
  • This level is optional. You do not have to complete it to progress.
  • Free all the workers in order to reach the silver chest and acquire the highest score.
  • The silver chest is located on the upper right, above the truck.
    Tip: It’s necessary you rebuild the boat shack in order to reach the animal catcher. You will need 2 workers and 5 tools to clear the garbage pile blocking the path to the chest, and the animal catcher will need to remove 2 snakes.

 

Episode 45 – Season Finale

It’s time for Jill and Mike to face their final challenge – the Global Broadcasting Network’s garden! Will they win the grand prize of ten million dollars for the needy children? And will the saboteur be unmasked?

 

Objectives:

  • Fix all broken fountains (0/3)
  • Plant and water all plants (0/12)
  • Remove debris (0/3)
  • Fix the icy paths (0/8)
  • Bonus Goal: Use every plant at your disposal!
Gardens Inc 4 – Blooming Stars Episode 45

Gardens Inc 4 – Blooming Stars Episode 45

How to beat the level:

  1. Clear away the sand on the path blocking access to the tool shack.
  2. Collect tools from the tool shack.
  3. Upgrade the truck.
  4. Clear the path leading to the universal workbench.
  5. Clear the path leading to the switchable shack.
  6. Produce wood with the universal workbench.
  7. Open the crates near the tool shack and collect the resources inside.
  8. Rebuild the switchable shack.
    Tip: Select tools as the resource output.
  9. Use the universal workbench to produce wood and stone alternatively.
  10. Clear the path leading to the switchable workers’ shack.
  11. Rebuild the switchable workers’ shack.
    Tip: Once built, select animal catcher as your worker type.
  12. Upgrade the tool shack.
  13. Upgrade the truck again.
  14. Rebuild the switchable shack on the lower right.
    Tip: Select stone as the resource output.
  15. Use the universal workbench to only produce wood resources at this point.
  16. Rebuild the altar.
    Tip: Use this for bonuses as needed.
  17. Rebuild the exchange outpost.
  18. Clear the paths on the lower right.
  19. Rebuild the expert animal catcher shack.
  20. Continue clearing the paths.
    Tip: Use the “Half Price” bonus to remove large obstructions from the road whenever encountered.
  21. Upgrade the truck again.
  22. Upgrade the tool shack again.
  23. Pick up the watch at the bottom of the map.
  24. Rebuild the expert security shack on the upper left.
  25. Clear the path leading to the supplier shack on the left.
  26. Rebuild the supplier shack.
    Tip: Select seed as the resource output.
  27. Open the golden chest.
    Tip: The golden chest is located on the left, below the supplier shack.
  28. Melt the icy path leading to the switchable workers’ shack.
  29. Rebuild the switchable workers’ shack.
    Tip: Select the default worker as your worker type. Once all the wolves are gone, switch the worker type to gardener.
  30. Repair the pumps using the gardener.
  31. Plant the flowers in the flower beds.
    Tip: While working on this, select gardener for your last remaining switchable workers’ shack.
  32. Rebuild the fountains.
    Tip: Use the “Half Price” bonus while working on this task.
  33. Clear all remaining paths.
  34. Collect all coins.
  35. Plant all remaining flowers.
  36. Rebuild all fountains.
  37. Click on the check mark over the truck to complete the level.

 

Special 5 – Postscript

“Jill, Mike, I’ve got one more job for you! My family’s garden could do with a bit of a clean-up. Would you be willing to help?”

 

Objectives:

  • Build expert security shacks (0/3)
  • Plant and water all plants (0/15)
  • Bonus Goal: Make sure each trio of planters has 2 of the same type of flower and 1 unique variety.
Gardens Inc 4 – Blooming Stars Special 5

Gardens Inc 4 – Blooming Stars Special 5

How to beat the level:

  1. Clear the branches blocking the path on the right before moving on to clear to clear the stones on the left.
    Tip: Use the “Time Halt” bonus as soon as you start doing this.
  2. Clear the path leading to the altar.
  3. Rebuild the altar.
    Tip: Use the altar for the “Time Halt” bonus. You will need to use this as often as possible to complete this level.
  4. Clear the path leading down to the large stone blocking the road.
    Tip: Use the “Half Price” bonus to remove the large stone.
  5. Upgrade the truck.
  6. Rebuild the landing pad.
    Tip: Have the helicopter retrieve stone resources.
  7. Rebuild the expert security shack.
  8. Clear the path to the left of the truck leading to the second expert security shack.
  9. Rebuild the second expert security shack.
  10. Clear the paths leading to the exchange outpost and flower beds.
  11. Rebuild the switchable workers’ shack.
    Tip: Select animal catcher as worker type.
  12. Rebuild the exchange outpost.
    Tip: Begin exchanging resources for seeds here right away. Seeds are an essential part of this level for not only planting, but also buying yourself additional time.
  13. Rebuild the switchable workers’ shack toward the right.
    Tip: Select gardener as your worker type.
  14. Plant flowers in the flower beds.
    Tip: Use gardeners for this task from your switchable shack. Only change worker type to animal catcher when you need to remove a snake.
  15. Clear all remaining paths as you are able.
  16. Rebuild the second exchange outpost.
    Tip: Use this often!
  17. Rebuild the general shack.
  18. Rebuild the expert security shack on the lower left.
  19. Continue exchanging resources and planting flowers.
    Tip: Water flowers and clear any remaining paths as necessary. Don’t forget to use the “Time Halt” bonus, too.
  20. Select the helicopter and have it occasionally deliver tools.
  21. Repair the stairs on the lower right.

Tip: Afterward, clear the remaining path leading to the silver chest.

  1. Open the silver chest.
    Tip: The silver chest is located on the lower right.
  2. Collect all coins.
  3. Click on the check mark over the truck to complete the level.

 

Congratulations! You’ve completed the Gardens Inc. 4 – Blooming Stars walkthrough! Be sure to check out our blog for more great tips and tricks!

 

The Gardens Inc. 4 – Blooming Stars walkthrough is meant as a guide and does not contain cheats, hacks, or serials.

 

The post Gardens Inc. 4 – Blooming Stars Walkthrough appeared first on GameHouse.

Fishdom 3 Walkthrough

$
0
0

Build a brand new aquarium from the ground up in Fishdom 3! Work with Tina the turtle and a whole host of other fish to play games, solve puzzles, and create a grand aquarium. Fishdom 3 is a casual game that started life as a free to play online game. The full release adds extra graphics, more levels, and a wealth of other features to bring this match three puzzle game up to excellent quality.

Contents

Getting Started; Tips and Tricks

Fishdom 3 is the offline, full version of the popular online game. The basic mechanics are the same, but in case you aren’t familiar with these, this basic tips and tricks section will teach you what you need to know.

  • Experience: Experience points allow you to level up and unlock new content. They are earned by completing tasks such as buying a plant or feeding a fish. The experience bar is located in the top right corner of the screen. The star indicates your current level, and the green bar represents your progress. When you earn experience, it will appear in the tank as star pieces. Mouse over these to collect the experience points. Everything in game, from the fish to the eye candy in the store, has a level requirement under it.
  • Money: Money is used to purchase items in the store. It is critical if you want to get new fish, or to purchase items for your aquarium. Money is earned from playing the match three portion of the game as well as from completing achievements. Money is displayed in the top right corner of the screen next to the fish coin icon. It can be spent in the store which is in the bottom left corner of the screen.
  • The Tank: The tank is your main screen of the game. It is where your fish will spend their time, and where you will be able to place, resize, and move your decorations. The tank screen functions as your main hub. In the bottom right corner of the game is the play button. It lets you start the match three section of the game. The top right is your experience, the top left is your money, and the bottom left are your action buttons. There will be a more detailed overview of what can be done in the tank after the “How to Play” section.
  • Inventory: Purchased items will be placed in your inventory to be added to your inventory so you can place them at a later date.

Fishdom 3 Walkthrough

How to Play

Now that you understand the basics of the game, it’s time to head to the gameplay portion of the walkthrough.

Match three 

  • At its heart, the game is a match three puzzle game. This means that you will be swapping tiles on a board in order to arrange three of the same tile in a row.
  • From the tank, just click on the green arrow in the bottom right corner to start a level.
  • In order to win you must clear all the gold tiles from the level. This is done by making a match within the gold tiles.
  • Every level has a timer on the right side of the screen. As the green bar drops below the gold and silver coins, your time bonus will shrink. If it completely runs out, you will have to retry the level.
  • If you get stuck, don’t worry. The game will highlight a suggested match after a short delay.
  • For every gold tile you match, you will get 1 money. This means a standard match nets you three money.
  • Sometimes, the tiles will be silver. This means there must be two matches made within the same tile in order to clear it.
Fishdom 3 - GoldTiles

Fishdom 3 – GoldTiles

  • The earth tiles will get in your way as you play. To get rid of them simply make a match on the tiles next to the earth. You don’t need to clear all the earth to finish the level, but it certainly helps.
  • In some levels, there are gold and gems buried in the earth. These count as gold tiles for purposes of finishing a level. These are worth a lot of money for clearing too!
  • If you match 5 tiles in a row, you will get a bomb. Swap the bomb with a token in order to destroy all the tiles within two squares of the bomb. Bombs can also be double clicked to activate them without moving it. Sometimes bombs will be buried in the earth. Clear the earth, and then you can use the bomb.
  • Set off seven bombs in one level to get lightning tiles. These tiles will instantly clear every type of tile they are matched with. Lightning tiles can also appear buried in the earth. Just like bombs, clear the earth before you can use the tile.
  • Warheads are the rarest of special tiles; you get them from matching seven in one combination. They destroy everything within four squares and are activated the same way as bombs.
  • If 5 tiles fall into place, you will get a firecracker tile. This works like a bomb, but it only clears one tile square around it. Firecrackers can never be earned; you have to get lucky.
  • Tiles that are in chains have to be matched before they can be moved. The chains block you from swapping that tile, but they also prevent whatever is in that square from falling when another match is made. Clearing the chain will clear whatever tile is in that square, but it will not clear gold or silver tiles.
  • Frozen pieces have to be used in a combination before they can be removed from the board. After you thaw them, you will still have to match them again to remove the tile. Thawing a tile doesn’t help to remove gold and silver tiles that were under the ice.
  • Remember that the playing area is not always going to be square. This will change how the tiles fall and where you can make matches.
  • At the end of each level, you will get money based on your performance. Gold and silver tiles earn you money. Buried gold, and diamonds earn you even more. You also get bonuses based on the time remaining and the level itself. This money will appear in the tank after the level.
Fishdom 3 - Earth

Fishdom 3 – Earth

The Tank: In Depth

While the match three section of the game is the bulk of the gameplay, the tank section has a massive amounts of things to do. This section of the walkthrough will go over all the actions that you can do in the tank, and cover a few tips and tricks to maximize your tanks beauty.

  • To start out with, your tank can hold three fish. This number is shown at the top of the screen as a fraction under the fish bowl. Due to the fact that you get experience for purchasing fish and for feeding fish, it is recommended that you keep your fish count maxed at all times.
  • The net icon is on the bottom portion of the tank screen. You can use it to select fish that you want to look closer at or sell. This is useful for when you level up and want to replace old fish.
  • Occasionally, the tank will get dirty. The sponge tool is used to clean this up. Simply select the sponge from the bottom of the screen, and use the mouse to clean off the grime. Doing this will earn you experience points.
  • Filling your tank with decorations will increase your tank’s beauty. The beauty meter is located at the top of the screen. As you fill this up, your tank will earn trophies. Trophies allow you to increase the number of fish that your tank can hold.
  • Each decoration has a theme (such as pirate). Matching items of the same theme within the same tank provides a bonus to the beauty rating of your tank.
  • Later in the game, you can purchase backgrounds for your tank. These backgrounds also have themes, which can be matched with your decorations for even more bonus beauty rating.
Fishdom 3 - Dirty

Fishdom 3 – Dirty

Congratulations! You’ve completed our Fishdom 3 Walkthrough!

 

For more great tips and tricks, visit our blog!

 

Fishdom 3 Walkthrough is meant as a guide and does not contain cheats, hacks, or serials.

The post Fishdom 3 Walkthrough appeared first on GameHouse.

The Musketeers – Victoria’s Quest Walkthrough

$
0
0

The Musketeers – Victoria’s Quest is an arcade-style game in which you will have to complete tasks on each level to advance to the next one. You can choose to make it a challenging time-management game or go through it at your own pace. Regardless of how you want to play, this walkthrough will guide you through all the levels of the game and provide you with valuable hints and tips so that you will be able to progress, unlock trophies and earn three stars on every level.

Contents

General Tips & Tricks

– In the Main Menu you can access the map to play the game, create or select a player profile and choose a gamemode. You also can access the Options menu where you can make adjustments to the music, sound and screen size.

– There are three game difficulty levels to choose from. Select the one you want by clicking on the Gamemode option in the Main Menu.

– At the bottom of the screen you will find the Task List for each level. Complete these to finish a level and advance to the next one.
– At the top of the screen you will see the Resources you have available to complete tasks.
– To see what Resources are needed to repair a building, hire someone or remove an obstacle, hold the cursor over the building and you will be shown what is required.
– Paths need to be cleared before you can continue along them.
– Click on the Inventory button to see what items you have. It is located in the bottom right corner of the screen. Here you can also craft items using what you have collected.
– During the game you can earn Trophies for completing certain tasks.
– Upon successful completion of a level you will earn up to three stars. If you earn less than three, you can repeat the level.
– You will also earn Boosters along the way. These can be equipped and then activated during a level.

The Musketeers – Victoria’s Quest Walkthrough

Level 1 – 10

Level 1

– In this level you will need to complete tasks to acquire the Pup Tent.
– First, collect the Resources. Once you have everything, proceed to repair the Tavern. Once repaired, click on the Pup Tent to collect it.
– Clear the exit.

The Musketeers - Victoria's Quest - Level 1

The Musketeers – Victoria’s Quest – Level 1

Level 2

– Make a Fishing Rod for the Fisherman so you can learn the fishing skill. To make the rod you will need six Flax and two Wood.
– Clear the paths and collect all Resources.
– Hire the Flax Reaper to harvest Flax for you. Do this twice. Collect the Flax and go to the Fisherman.
– Craft a Fishing Rod. Take it to the Fisherman and learn how to fish.
– Go fishing three times. Take the food and feed the Bear.
– Clear the exit.

The Musketeers - Victoria's Quest -Level 2

The Musketeers – Victoria’s Quest -Level 2

Level 3

– Collect Resources and clear the paths.
– Repair the Sawmill and the Bakery. Collect the Resources produced.
– Speak to the Doctor and acquire the Medicine.
– Help the Wounded Man.

The Musketeers - Victoria's Quest -Level 3

The Musketeers – Victoria’s Quest -Level 3

Level 4

– Collect Resources and clear the paths.
– Repair the Bakery and Sawmill. Collect more Resources and then upgrade the Pup Tent.
– Talk to the Flax Reaper and hire him to harvest Flax two times.
– Learn to weave a Net. To craft a net you will have first craft two ropes.
– Rescue the Seahorse.

The Musketeers - Victoria's Quest -Level 4

The Musketeers – Victoria’s Quest -Level 4

Level 5

– Collect Resources and clear the paths.
– Upgrade the Pup Tent. Repair the Sawmill and Bakery. Continue collectingResources. Repair the Quarry.
– Talk with the Fortuneteller.
– Fill the Pit and clear the exit.
– Find the Treasure and take the Reward. Return with it to the Fortuneteller.

The Musketeers - Victoria's Quest -Level 5

The Musketeers – Victoria’s Quest -Level 5

Level 6

– Collect Resources and clear the paths.
– Repair the Sawmill. Collect more Resources and repair the second Sawmill. Collect at least 30 Wood and 30 Food.
– Talk with the Pirate. Feed the Bird several times and return him to the Pirate.
– Repair the Bridge.

The Musketeers - Victoria's Quest -Level 6

The Musketeers – Victoria’s Quest -Level 6

Level 7

– Collect Resources and clear the paths.
– Upgrade the Pup Tent.
– Repair the Ship.

The Musketeers - Victoria's Quest -Level 7

The Musketeers – Victoria’s Quest -Level 7

Level 8

– Collect Resources and clear the paths. Destroy the Wanted Posters.
– Repair the Bakery. Upgrade the Pup Tent.
– Get the Shoulder Bag Repair the Market and then the Bridge. Clear the exit.

The Musketeers - Victoria's Quest -Level 8

The Musketeers – Victoria’s Quest -Level 8

Level 9

– Collect Resources and clear the paths.
– Upgrade the Pup Tent. Repair the Bakery and Sawmill. Collect more Resources and then repair the Market and Elevator.
– Talk to the Carpenter.
– Learn to make Furniture in the crafting menu and restore the Villa.
– Clear the exit.

The Musketeers - Victoria's Quest -Level 9

The Musketeers – Victoria’s Quest -Level 9

Level 10

– First, go to your Inventory and click on the Feathered Hat icon. Equip the Equipment Bag. This must be done or you will not be able to beat this level.

The Musketeers - Victoria's Quest -Level 10 Inventory

The Musketeers – Victoria’s Quest -Level 10 Inventory

– Collect Resources and clear the paths. Repair the Bakery in the center first and then the second one on the left side.
– Upgrade the Pup Tent. Repair the Iron Mine.
– Repair the Gates. Go back and repair the Sawmill.
– Repair the Elevator and save the Marquise.

The Musketeers - Victoria's Quest -Level 10

The Musketeers – Victoria’s Quest -Level 10

Level 11 – 20

Level 11

– Collect Resources and clear the paths. Harvest the Barrel of Fish. You will need to in order to continue.
– Upgrade the Pup Tent. Repair the Gold Mine and then the Quarry.
– Use the Flax collected to craft Ropes. Use those to then craft Nets.
– Defeat the Monsters. You must first defeat the Monster in front of the Chest. Open this to collect enough Flax to craft the number of Nets required to defeat the remaining enemies. Collect Cat Costume pieces.

The Musketeers - Victoria's Quest -Level 11

The Musketeers – Victoria’s Quest -Level 11

Level 12

– Collect Resources and clear the paths.
– Destroy the Posters.
– Repair and upgrade the Bakery. Repair the Sawmill. – Upgrade the Pup Tent. Repair the Iron Mine.
– Repair the Gates and Elevator.
– Save the Prince.

The Musketeers - Victoria's Quest -Level 12

The Musketeers – Victoria’s Quest -Level 12

Level 13

– Collect Resources and clear the paths.
– Repair the Bakery and Quarry. Upgrade the Pup Tent.
– Talk to the Inventor. Get the Drawing from him.
– Repair the Iron Mine and both Gold Mines. Upgrade the Bakery.
– Pay the Guard.

The Musketeers - Victoria's Quest -Level 13

The Musketeers – Victoria’s Quest -Level 13

Level 14

– Collect Resources and clear the paths. Collect at least 35 Wood. Upgrade the Pup Tent. Repair the Iron Mine.
– Repair the Bakery and Sawmill. Upgrade the Sawmill. Repair Elevators to reach buildings.
– Take Food to the Lady.

The Musketeers - Victoria's Quest -Level 14

The Musketeers – Victoria’s Quest -Level 14

Level 15

– Collect Resources and clear the paths. Clear the way to the Market first.
– Upgrade the Pup Tent. Repair and upgrade the Bakery. Repair the Elevators andQuarry. Upgrade the Quarry.
– Hire the Cotton Reaper and collect the Cotton. Talk to the Weaver and learn to weave. Collect more Cotton and craft 10 Cloths.
– Repair the Air Balloon.

The Musketeers - Victoria's Quest -Level 15

The Musketeers – Victoria’s Quest -Level 15

Level 16

– Collect Resources and clear the paths.
– Repair and upgrade the Bakery. Upgrade the Pup Tent. Build the Quarry and Iron Mine. Upgrade the Quarry.
– Build the Craftsman’s House.
– Break through the Obstacle.

The Musketeers - Victoria's Quest -Level 16

The Musketeers – Victoria’s Quest -Level 16

Level 17

– Collect Resources and clear the paths. Clear the way to the Melon Patch first and then repair the Sawmill. Upgrade the Pup Tent and Sawmill.
– Repair and upgrade the Bakery. Repair the Iron Mine and Gold Mine.
– Clear the entrance to the Cave and strengthen it.

The Musketeers - Victoria's Quest -Level 17

The Musketeers – Victoria’s Quest -Level 17

Level 18

– Collect Resources and clear the paths.
– Upgrade the Pup Tent.
– Destroy the 8 Stalactites and open the 3 Doors.

The Musketeers - Victoria's Quest -Level 18

The Musketeers – Victoria’s Quest -Level 18

Level 19

– Collect Resources and clear the paths.
– Upgrade the Pup Tent. Repair and upgrade the Gold Mine.
– Collect the 3 Crystals and take the gifts to the Idol.

The Musketeers - Victoria's Quest -Level 19

The Musketeers – Victoria’s Quest -Level 19

Level 20

– Collect Resources and clear the paths. Ensure that the Equipment Bag is equipped before starting.
– Take the Necklace.
– Repair the Excavator and unlock the Door.

The Musketeers - Victoria's Quest -Level 20

The Musketeers – Victoria’s Quest -Level 20

Level 21 – 30

Level 21

– First, equip the Necklace. Collect Resources and clear the paths.
– Repair the Bakery. Upgrade the Pup Tent. Repair the Sawmill. Upgrade the Bakery. Repair the Iron Mine.
– Talk to the Indian. Learn to craft a Boat and make one.
– Clear the Exit.

The Musketeers - Victoria's Quest -Level 21

The Musketeers – Victoria’s Quest -Level 21

Level 22

– Equip the Pendant Necklace first to instantly grow Melons. Collect Resources and clear the paths.
– Repair the Sawmill. Upgrade the Pup Tent. Equip the Gloves now. Repair and upgrade the Gold Mine.
– Remove 6 Rocks and clear the Exit.

The Musketeers - Victoria's Quest -Level 22

The Musketeers – Victoria’s Quest -Level 22

Level 23

– Collect Resources and clear the paths.
– Repair the Bakery. Upgrade the Pup Tent. Repair the Bridges as you move along the path. Repair and upgrade the Sawmill. Repair the Iron Mine.
– Craft a Boat and save the Man.

The Musketeers - Victoria's Quest -Level 23

The Musketeers – Victoria’s Quest -Level 23

Level 24

– Collect Resources and clear the paths.
– Repair and upgrade the Bakery. Upgrade the Pup Tent. Repair and upgrade theSawmill.
– Repair the Market.
– Collect at least 30 Gold. Build the 4 Houses and Treasury.

The Musketeers - Victoria's Quest -Level 24

The Musketeers – Victoria’s Quest -Level 24

Level 25

– Collect Resources and clear the paths. Make sure the Equipment Bag is equipped.
– Repair and upgrade the Bakery. Upgrade the Pup Tent to level 3. Repair and upgrade the Sawmill. Repair and upgrade the Quarry. Repair the Iron Mine.
– Find the Sandals and placate the 2 Idols.

The Musketeers - Victoria's Quest -Level 25

The Musketeers – Victoria’s Quest -Level 25

Level 26

– Collect Resources and clear the paths.
– Repair and upgrade the Bakery. Upgrade the Pup Tent. Repair and upgrade theSawmill.
– Build and upgrade the Iron Mine. Repair and upgrade the Gold Mine.
– Repair the Craftsman’s House.
– Neutralize the Trap.
– Repair the Road Sign.

The Musketeers - Victoria's Quest -Level 26

The Musketeers – Victoria’s Quest -Level 26

Level 27

– Collect Resources and clear the paths.
– Repair and upgrade the Bakery to level 3. Upgrade the Pup Tent. Repair and upgrade the Sawmill. Repair and upgrade the Quarry.
– Repair the Treasury and Houses.
– Build the Warehouse.
– Pay the Courier.

The Musketeers - Victoria's Quest -Level 27

The Musketeers – Victoria’s Quest -Level 27

Level 28

– Collect Resources and clear the paths.
– Upgrade the Pup Tent. Repair and upgrade the Sawmill to level 3. Repair and upgrade the Quarry.
– Open the Cave.

The Musketeers - Victoria's Quest -Level 28

The Musketeers – Victoria’s Quest -Level 28

The Musketeers - Victoria's Quest -Level 28 Equipped

The Musketeers – Victoria’s Quest -Level 28 Equipped

Level 29

– Collect Resources and clear the paths.
– Upgrade the Pup Tent. Build and upgrade the Iron Mine. Build and upgrade theQuarry to level 3.
– Repair the Craftsman’s House. Repair the Market and Bakery.
– Neutralize the Traps.

The Musketeers - Victoria's Quest -Level 29

The Musketeers – Victoria’s Quest -Level 29

Level 30

– Collect Resources and clear the paths.
– Upgrade the Pup Tent. Repair and upgrade the Sawmill and Bakery.
– Repair the Treasury.
– Build and upgrade 3 Houses. Repair and upgrade the second Sawmill.
– Collect at least 50 Gold.
– Craft and erect 2 Barricades.

The Musketeers - Victoria's Quest -Level 30

The Musketeers – Victoria’s Quest -Level 30

Level 31 – 45

Level 31

– Collect Resources and clear the paths.
– Upgrade the Pup Tent. Repair and upgrade the Bakery and Sawmill.
– Destroy the Posters.
– Repair and upgrade the Gold Mine to level 3.
– Take the Jackboots and equip them.
– Defeat the Lizard.

The Musketeers - Victoria's Quest -Level 31

The Musketeers – Victoria’s Quest -Level 31

Level 32

– Collect Resources and clear the paths.
– Upgrade the Pup Tent. Repair and upgrade the Bakery to level 4. Repair and upgrade the Sawmill and Iron Mine.
– Repair the TreasuryHouses and Market.
– Repair the Carriage.
– Talk to the Horse Traders and buy Horses.
– Clear the Exit.

The Musketeers - Victoria's Quest -Level 32

The Musketeers – Victoria’s Quest -Level 32

Level 33

– Collect Resources and clear the paths.
– Upgrade the Pup Tent. Repair and upgrade the Bakery. Repair and upgrade theSawmill to level 4.
– Repair and upgrade the QuarryGold Mine and Iron Mine.
– Destroy the Barricade.
– Take the Jacket.
– Destroy the 2 Guard Towers.

The Musketeers - Victoria's Quest -Level 33

The Musketeers – Victoria’s Quest -Level 33

Level 34

– Collect Resources and clear the paths.
– Upgrade the Pup Tent. Repair and upgrade the BakerySawmill and Quarry.
– Repair and upgrade the Iron Mine to level 3.
– Save Aramis.
– Clear the Exit.

The Musketeers - Victoria's Quest -Level 34

The Musketeers – Victoria’s Quest -Level 34

Level 35

– Collect Resources and clear the paths.
– Upgrade the Pup Tent. Build and upgrade the BakeryIron Mine and Sawmill.
– Build and upgrade the Quarry to level 4.
– Destroy the 2 Guard Towers.
– Build the Musketeers Barrack.

The Musketeers - Victoria's Quest -Level 35

The Musketeers – Victoria’s Quest -Level 35

Level 36

– Collect Resources and clear the paths.
– Upgrade the Pup Tent. Build and upgrade the BakeryQuarryIron MineGold Mine and Sawmill.
– Talk with the Fortuneteller and help her.
– Restore the Fortress.
– Clear the Exit.

The Musketeers - Victoria's Quest -Level 36

The Musketeers – Victoria’s Quest -Level 36

Level 37

– Collect Resources and clear the paths.
– Upgrade the Pup Tent. Repair and upgrade the BakerySawmill and Quarry.
– Repair and upgrade the Gold Mine to level 4.
– Destroy the 3 Guard Towers.

The Musketeers - Victoria's Quest -Level 37

The Musketeers – Victoria’s Quest -Level 37

Level 38

– Collect Resources and clear the paths.
– Upgrade the Pup Tent. Repair and upgrade the Sawmill and Bakery.
– Build and upgrade the Treasury to level 3. Build and upgrade the Houses to level 3.
– Save the Cardinal.

The Musketeers - Victoria's Quest -Level 38

The Musketeers – Victoria’s Quest -Level 38

Level 39

– Collect Resources and clear the paths.
– Upgrade the Pup Tent. Repair and upgrade the SawmillBakery and Quarry.
– Craft and deploy 2 Cannons.
– Destroy the enemy’s Cannons.
– Clear the Exit.

The Musketeers - Victoria's Quest -Level 39

The Musketeers – Victoria’s Quest -Level 39

Level 40

– Collect Resources and clear the paths.
– Upgrade the Pup Tent. Repair and upgrade the BakerySawmill and Gold Mine.
– Save the 3 Courtiers and the Prince.
– Clear the Exit.

The Musketeers - Victoria's Quest -Level 40

The Musketeers – Victoria’s Quest -Level 40

Level 41

– Collect Resources and clear the paths.
– Upgrade the Pup Tent. Repair and upgrade the BakerySawmillQuarry and Gold Mine.
– Destroy the Posters.
– Save the Earl.
– Enter the Castle.

The Musketeers - Victoria's Quest -Level 41

The Musketeers – Victoria’s Quest -Level 41

Level 42

– Collect Resources and clear the paths.
– Upgrade the Pup Tent. Repair and upgrade the Bakery and Sawmill.
– Defeat the Guards.

The Musketeers - Victoria's Quest -Level 42

The Musketeers – Victoria’s Quest -Level 42

Level 43

– Collect Resources and clear the paths.
– Upgrade the Pup Tent.
– Open the Secret Entrance.
– Clear the Exit.

The Musketeers - Victoria's Quest -Level 43

The Musketeers – Victoria’s Quest -Level 43

Level 44

– Collect Resources and clear the paths.
– Upgrade the Pup Tent.
– Read the Book.
– Go to the Second Floor.
– Find the Ancient Rapier.

The Musketeers - Victoria's Quest -Level 44

The Musketeers – Victoria’s Quest -Level 44

Level 45

– Collect Resources and clear the paths.
– Upgrade the Pup Tent.
– Find the Regala.

The Musketeers - Victoria's Quest -Level 45

The Musketeers – Victoria’s Quest -Level 45

Congratulations! You have successfully completed The Musketeers – Victoria’s Quest Walkthrough.

 

For more helpful gaming guides, please visit our blog.

 

This The Musketeers – Victoria’s Quest Walkthrough is meant as a guide and does not contain cheats, hacks or serials.

 

The post The Musketeers – Victoria’s Quest Walkthrough appeared first on GameHouse.

PuppetShow – Souls of the Innocent Walkthrough

$
0
0

In this sequel, you will be able to solve all new mysteries. Follow the storyline and the clues to make your way to the end of the game and find out the final mystery of the PuppetShow – Souls of the Innocent.

Contents

General Tips & Tricks

Tip #1 – In each area, you will find at least one area that sparkles.
Tip #2 – In hidden object scenes, you might have to click on different parts in the scene to open things up in order to find all of the objects. For example: You might have to click on a drawer to find an item on the list.
Tip #3 – At any time during a mini-game or puzzle, you can click the “Skip” button in order to continue on in the story.
Tip #4 – During the hidden object scenes, you have infinite amount of hints. However, after clicking hint, you will have to wait a certain amount of time before using another one.

PuppetShow – Souls of the Innocent Walkthrough

Chapter 1: Girl’s Bedroom

On the lower left of the screen, click on the newspaper in order to collect the planet. After this, click on the right side door to zoom in. Then, get the pin from the lower right side of the house. Use the pin to open the window after taking a closer look.

After opening it, climb into the window. Once inside, click on the large portrait that is located on the back wall. Collect the lizard ornament that is located in the lower right side of the frame. The pattern on the wallpaper will be needed in a future puzzle solution. So, remember it.

Once you click on the bed, click on the little girl. Here you will get the mechanical doll part that is on the headless doll. Then, collect the bird ornament that is on the dresser. Remember to click on the jester marionette. It is missing and eye, and you will need to remember this later. After remembering it, click the pop-up window. Click on the wardrobe to open it and find a hidden object scene.

PuppetShow – Souls of the Innocent - Girl's Bedroom

PuppetShow – Souls of the Innocent – Girl’s Bedroom

In the scene, you will need to click on the middle drawer to find some objects. The key is important. It will be put into your storage after completing the scene. After finishing the scene, look on the top of the wardrobe and use the key on the music box there. You will need to turn the key 3 times to open it. Get the fish ornament from inside the music box before clicking on the dresser. Use the bird ornament, the fish ornament, and the lizard ornament on the dresser to unlock its drawer to get the powder compact.

Chapter 2: Marionette Shop

Once entering into this chapter, you will move down twice, then forward, and then right, which will take you towards the Guard’s Hut. Once there, you will need to click on the door twice in order to unlock the next hidden object scene.

After completing the scene, you will receive the crowbar. Make a mental note about the oil-dripping lamp that is found on the side of the hut. Afterwards, you will head down and then forward. Once there, click on the dripping pipe that can be found on the side of the shop in order to collect the red button.

Using the crowbar, you will start removing boards on the top of the door in order to get a closer look inside. Click on the buttons that are on the door. Use the red button to put it on the panel. Next, you will need the compact powder to be able to see which buttons should be pressed. Then, click the buttons in order to open the door.

Once inside, you will use the crowbar to loosen the floor board that is on the lower left side of the room, and it is there you will find the handle. Click on the sketch that is on the ground. After clicking on the papers a few times, you will be able to collect the mechanical wing. The next hidden object scene can be found on the left.

After completing the scene, you will get the parrot head. Then on the right, you will see shelves. There you will find the glass shard to collect it on the lower left. Use the doll part onto the mechanical bird, where it has a head socket.. Next finish the mechanical bird by using the parrot head and the mechanical wing.

After completing the bird, it will put a film up on the wall. Remember the numbers there “749261” because it will be needed later. Then, exit the window. After this, you will click on the cash register that is on the counter to collect the marionette eye. Use the handle on the side of the cash register, and then use the numbers from earlier on the cash register keys.

PuppetShow – Souls of the Innocent - Parrot

PuppetShow – Souls of the Innocent – Parrot

Use the key on the inside of the cash register, and then put the key in the lock on the back door. The lock needs oil before it can be unlocked. After this, go back to the Girl’s bedroom. This is where you will click on the wardrobe to unlock another hidden object scene.

Collect the sun. Click on the jester doll that is on the left side of the bed. Put the marionette eye in the socket. Then place the planet in its mouth. Head back towards the Guard’s Hut. Here you will see the next hidden object scene.

Receive the empty oil can from completing it. Fill the oil can by clicking on the oil dripping lamp. Head back to the marionette shop. This will unlock the final Chapter 2 hidden object scene.

Here you will collect the broom. Use the full oil can on the lock in order to turn the key to unlock the door. Finally, go through the door to get to the Workshop.

Chapter 3: The Workshop

Upon entering the workshop, you will be attacked by the mechanical crab. Use the crowbar to defend yourself. Afterwards, click on the mechanical crab to get a closer look. Use the screwdriver to loosen the valve to pick it up. There will be a hidden object scene on the left.

PuppetShow – Souls of the Innocent - The Workshop

PuppetShow – Souls of the Innocent – The Workshop

In this scene, you will need to open the left drawer to find some items. After this, you will get the vice handle. Click on the workbench and use the vice handle on the vice. This will allow you to pick up the planet #3. Finally, head outside and go towards the left side of the house.

Chapter 4: Fortune Teller’s House

Look at the poster on the right. Click on it twice in order to tear it. Then, use the broom to clear the cobwebs three times. Use the sun and the 3 planets on the galaxy. By clicking on the galaxy, you will trigger a puzzle. Put the Large blue planet on its track, followed by the green and small blue planets. Once completed, head through the door. This will reveal a hidden object scene on the left.

PuppetShow – Souls of the Innocent - Galaxy

PuppetShow – Souls of the Innocent – Galaxy

Completing this scene will give you the leather belt. Head back into the workshop that is found in the Marionette Shop. Once inside the Workshop, there is another hidden object scene there.

This will let you get the burner of dried pitch that will be needed later on. After receiving it, head back to the Fortune Teller’s House, where you will find the final hidden object scene for Chapter 4.

Completing this scene will give you matches. Afterwards, head to the Marionette Shop. Click on the pipe that’s dripping. To get the pitch mixter, put the burner of dried pitch under the pipe. Head inside the Fortune Teller’s House. Click on the fortune teller, and click on the candle in the center. Use the pitch mixture to make glue.

Once you get the glu, head back to the workshop in the Marionette Shop. Use the leather belt on the glass shard, after clicking the workbench. Retrieve the glass knife.

PuppetShow – Souls of the Innocent - Glass Knife

PuppetShow – Souls of the Innocent – Glass Knife

Go to the right after leaving the shop. Click on the upper part of the hot air balloon. Use the glue on the broken hose. Then, use the valve on the burner. Switch on the valve to let the gas flow. After this, use the matches on the burner. Cut the rope three times with the glass knife at the edge of the basket.

PuppetShow – Souls of the Innocent - Hose

PuppetShow – Souls of the Innocent – Hose

Chapter 5: Castle Gates

When starting Chapter 5, you will notice you still have the matches and the crowbar. Click on the lower right side of the screen. Retrieve the spider puppet’s badge and the sandbag before going forward. The giant marionette will be blocking the door. Use the crowbar on the pole. It takes three times to loosen it. Get the pole, and head back to the crash site. Take the large stone using the pole to open a hidden object scene.

PuppetShow – Souls of the Innocent - Castles Gates

PuppetShow – Souls of the Innocent – Castles Gates

Completing this scene will give you kindling. Head to the gate. Give the giant marionette the spider puppet’s badge, which will get him to let you open the gate. Put the matches and kindling into the back of the giant marionette on the coal there. This will make him finish opening the gate. Click on the note to pick up the rune. Then, back at the crash side, you will find another hidden object scene.

This will give you the axe. Head to the elevator and click on the lower right. Using the axe, you will cut at the roots three times which will unlock the next hidden object scene.

After this, hit the switch to turn the lights on and then off. Then, you’ll retrieve the level. On the back wall, click on the mechanism there. Use the lever in the upper left. Then, pull the lever down to activate the mechanism. Use the belt to connect the gears. After completing this, you will be able to enter into the elevator to go upstairs.

PuppetShow – Souls of the Innocent - Gears

PuppetShow – Souls of the Innocent – Gears

Chapter 6: First Tower

Story: The spider-dolls bring strange flasks here. It is necessary to think out how to stop them otherwise I won’t be able to move further. Put the sandbag down into the hole on the left side. Follow the marionette on the bicycle. Click on the glass and retrieve the clay tablet. When exiting, head through the steps on the right.

PuppetShow – Souls of the Innocent - Figures Puzzle Solution

PuppetShow – Souls of the Innocent – Figures Puzzle Solution

Use the clay tablet on the door. On the puzzle, drag bars left to right, or up and down. By doing this, you will reveal three figures of different colors. If it is in the right spot, a light will show up. Head in the door to get to the Gallery. The next hidden object scene will be on the right.

Collect the dominoes, before going forward. To activate the next puzzle, click the left door. After completing this puzzle, you will go through the door to access the factory area.

Chapter 7: Factory

Click on the right door. Then, use the dominoes on the board. The sum of the rows or coloums should add up to the total in the center of the box. Use the vertical and horizontal ones to get them in the right spot, cause the dominoes can’t be rotated. When they are correct, the boxes will be green. Head left to get to the Conveyor Area. Here, you will find the next hidden object scene.

PuppetShow – Souls of the Innocent - Dominoes

PuppetShow – Souls of the Innocent – Dominoes

Collect the handle. To exit, click the lower right of the screen. Then, click down to exit. Place the handle on the right door’s lock and turn it to open the door. Retrieve the crane hook from the ground near the bicycle. The diagram on the left wall is important. Use the wrench on the drawing’s upper right side. Head back to the Conveyor Area and go down. Once you go through the door, turn left to find the next hidden object scene.

You will receive the bicycle chain. Head to the Balcony near the bicycle. Use the bicycle chain on the bicycle. This is make the bridge appear when the marionette pedals. Head over the bridge by clicking on the Second Tower.

Chapter 8: Second Tower

On the floor, position the colors so that none of them are touching the same color to unlock the grid. Then to swap positions, you will select two sets of tiles. To reach the stairway, click on the right corner. Pick up the arrow button in the middle of the left window. Remove the planks on the smaller door with the crowbar. This will unlock another hidden object scene.

PuppetShow – Souls of the Innocent - Tiles

PuppetShow – Souls of the Innocent – Tiles

Collect the AWL. Next, head down three times before going to the left down, and then, turn left again to get to the Conveyor Area. Next, put the crane hook onto the crane. Head to the Control Room to the right. Use the arrow button on the panel. Next, lift the bridge using the crane. After this, head back to the Converyor Area and click on the lower left on the mechanism. Next, use the wrench to remove the nuts.

PuppetShow – Souls of the Innocent - Bridge

PuppetShow – Souls of the Innocent – Bridge

Then, head back to the Gallery, which is where the large fish tank is located. Click on the fish tank. There is a slot on the lower left. Use the nuts there. Click on the red button when you hear the bell ring. The pipe is in the upper center of the tank, and the fish will catch the nuts as the fall down from it. For each nut eaten, the balloon will rise on the right.

Use the AWL to pop the balloon when it reaches the opening. This will let you collect a key. Move forward three times to find the trapdoor in the right corner. Use the key to unlock the door at the bottom of the steps. Head through the door to get to the Arsenal.

PuppetShow – Souls of the Innocent - Balloon

PuppetShow – Souls of the Innocent – Balloon

Chapter 9: Arsenal

On the right, you will find the first hidden object scene that is available in the Arsenal.

You will receive the mask. Next, click on the board on the ground. Put the mask on it to unlock a puzzle. After completing the mask puzzle, you will retrieve the sign that is in the lower right of the screen. Exit the view. Head to the Candle Room to get to the Library. Here, you will find the next hidden object scene on the right.

PuppetShow – Souls of the Innocent - Mask Puzzle

PuppetShow – Souls of the Innocent – Mask Puzzle

This will give you paper. Next, click down to exit. With the matches, burn the cobwebs that are found on the back wall near the spider marionette. Make note of the symbols on the printed paper. Leave and click on the desk. Here, you will find a puzzle in the drawer.

PuppetShow – Souls of the Innocent - Spider

PuppetShow – Souls of the Innocent – Spider

To find the order of the symbols for the puzzle, look to the scratches on the wood. Click the book twice, in order to open it. On the last page, pick up the Rune #2. You need to find two missing pages to complete the book. Go to the Arsenal by heading down three times. This will open the next hidden object scene.

This will give you a file. Head down. Here you will find the final hidden object scene in Chapter 9.

Collect the bolts from completing this hidden object scene. After exiting the scene, go down three times. Go to the left twice, and then click on the door on the left.

Chapter 10: Marionette Storage

In order to enter the Marionette Storage, put the sign on its door. Use the bolts to fix the mechanism in the upper center of the room. This will unlock a hidden object scene.
This will give you a marionette key. At this time, you will go to the lobby for a cut scene. Cut the chains in the lower right by using the file three times. Get the scrap iron from the bucket. Then, on the stairs, get the torn page. At the elevator, you will find the next hidden object scene.

PuppetShow – Souls of the Innocent - Mechanism

PuppetShow – Souls of the Innocent – Mechanism

This will give you the beam. Head back to the Arsenal in the Second Tower. Put the scrap iron into the bucket in the back of the scene. Use the Marionette key to animate the marionette there. Click the key three times. After the animation stops, collect the cannon. Head to the Gallery for the next hidden object scene.

Collect the scissors. Next, head to the Conveyor Area in order to get back to the Marionette Storage. Use the scissors to cut a piece of rope to get a wick after clicking on the third shelf. This will unlock the last hidden object scene in Chapter 10 that will give you a door handle after completion.

Chapter 11: Third Tower

Head to the Lobby before going forward. Repair the stairs with the beam before heading up the stairs. Put the cannon and wick on the gun carriage found on the bridge. Use the matches to light the wick. Check out the door in the far back right to collect the rune there. Head through the door. Put the door handle on the bottom door to unlock it. Then, go through that door. Take the torn page from the painting in the upper left. This is where you will find the next hidden object scene.

PuppetShow – Souls of the Innocent - Cannon

PuppetShow – Souls of the Innocent – Cannon

Retrieve the owl head. Next go to the Library found in the Second Tower before turning right to go to the Candle Room. Here you will be able to find the last hidden object scene in Chapter 11.

Collect the combination lock. Open the book on the desk. Replace the pages in the book to see the picture of a crystal needed. Click on the bookcase on the left side. At the center of the bookcase, use the owl head to trigger a puzzle. After completing the puzzle, collect the rune at the bottom of the statue.

PuppetShow – Souls of the Innocent - Owl

PuppetShow – Souls of the Innocent – Owl

This will reveal a door that leads to the Lobby. Once there, go up the stairs and then forward three times. Click on the safe in the lower corner. Use the combination lock to open the safe and retrieve the finger inside of the safe. This will reveal the last hidden object scene in Chapter 11 and allow you to collect the pickaxe.

Chapter 12: Laboratory

Head downwards until you get to the balloon crash site. Use the runes on the small door in the upper left. Collect the crystal using the pickaxe. From here, you will head forward seven times. Head up to the Observatory. Use the finger to start a puzzle. After completing the puzzle, enter the Laboratory. Using the crowbar, kill the spider marionette. Then, place the crystal there. This will conclude the actual game, and it will unlock the extra levels. You can access these levels at the Main Menu.

PuppetShow – Souls of the Innocent - Finger

PuppetShow – Souls of the Innocent – Finger

Extra Levels

After completing the extra levels, you will be able to access other extra content. All you have to do is go back to the Main Menu, and then, press play. On the steps, there is a little girl playing, click her. Go in the left door. After completing the puzzle there, head to the Historic House through the door.

Grab the Logo Part near the edge of the carpet. The markets on the wood will allow you know how to fix the marionette that is on the desk. To the left, you will find the first hidden objects scene.

Collect the telescope. At this point, you will head to the Fortune Teller’s House, which can be found on the left. Once entering, you will play another hidden object scene.

You will receive the trowel. Outside the Teller’s House, you will use the trowel on the potted plant to get the lever. Then, head to the Marionette Shop. Next, you’ll retrieve the chisel from the small window on the outside of the shop. Head inside the shop to play the next hidden object scene.

Get the hammer and head back to town. At the chimney, you will break the glass with the hammer to retrieve the corkscrew. This will open a new location. Between the Marionette Shop and the Teller’s House, there will be a dead end street. Get the button from the left window, and then go back inside the Marionette Shop. Use the corkscrew to get the cork from the train in the lower right. Then, complete the next hidden object scene.

Retrieve the marionette head, and then, go to the Historic House. In the Historic House, you will play another hidden object scene upon entering.

Collect the spool of thread. Then, take a right after exiting the Marionette Shop. Use the chisel and the hammer to remove the stone on the ground. Connect the fishing hook to the spool of thread, before returning to Town. Go back to the dead end street. Use the key at the back door to unlock the next puzzle. After completing the puzzle, go into the Observatory. Put the level into the slot near the gate, and then click it to gain entrance. Collect the rag from the left picture, before playing the next hidden object scene.

You will get a logo part for completing it, and then, go back to the Fortune Teller’s House. Wipe the crystal ball with the rag in the back until the #13 appears. This will unlock the next hidden object puzzle, on the left.

Retrieve the marionette arm, and then, go back to the Historic House. Click on the desk, and then fix the marionette with the arm and head. At this time, the marionette will open the door after putting the button on the desk. Gain access to the Vault. Pick up the empty bottle that is behind the pipe. Use the logo parts on the back door.

To start a puzzle, change the number on the door to “13”. After completing this puzzle, head through the door. Here, you will find the next hidden object scene, and after completing it collect the Tap.

PuppetShow – Souls of the Innocent - Bonus Level 13

PuppetShow – Souls of the Innocent – Bonus Level 13

Click on the barrel found on the lower left. Put the empty bottle into the crate, and then put the tap onto the bottle. Use the tap to fill up the bottle. Cork to bottle to make it full. Leave the Marionette Shop, and head to the Town Square. Click on the lamppost to see the candle. Extinguish the candle with the full bottle, and collect the file behind it. After this, go to the vault at the Historic House. There is a grid in the upper left. To collect the lens saw through the grid with the file. Here, you will find the final hidden object scene.

This will give the a disk. Head back to the observatory. Use the disk and telescope to put it on the stand. Then, use the lens on the telescope. Upon clicking on the telescope, you will see the end of the game!

All in all, we hope that you have enjoyed this walkthrough of Puppet Show – Souls of the Innocent. You will be able to make it through all the different areas by following the information above. You can even complete the extra levels to gain access to popular wall papers and extras that can only be unlocked after completing these levels. Enjoy!

For more great tips and tricks, visit our blog!

 

The Puppet Show – Souls of the Innocent Walkthrough is meant as a guide and does not contain cheats, hacks or serials.

The post PuppetShow – Souls of the Innocent Walkthrough appeared first on GameHouse.

Arizona Rose and the Pirates’ Riddles Walkthrough

$
0
0

A mysterious map found in the dusty depths of an antique shop launches Arizona Rose on an exciting expedition. Challenging puzzles reveal clues to guide your journey. But don’t trust everyone you meet. Some people might want to keep the treasure for themselves.

This guide is designed to help you learn how to play Arizona Rose and the Pirates’ Riddles. This does not contain cheats or hacks, but will instead teach you strategies to help you decipher Blackbeard’s treasure maps and load up on the booty.
Contents

Contents

Getting Started

Choose from two modes of play: Casual Game and Hard Game. The Casual Game mode features a tutorial and starts with easy levels. If you are experienced with number grid games, you might want to head straight for Hard Game mode, which has no tutorials and gives challenging puzzles from the start.

 

How to Play

Primarily a number grid game, Arizona Rose and the Pirates’ Riddles mixes it up with hidden object and Mosaic puzzles. Here we give you the basics on solving each type of puzzle. You can earn a number of trophies as you play. See if you can earn them all.

Arizona Rose and the Pirates' Riddles - Trophies

Arizona Rose and the Pirates’ Riddles – Trophies

Number Grid

Number grid puzzles are logic games, and no math skills are required. The numbers on the side and top of the grid are your clues to solving these puzzles. If the numbers on the side of the puzzle are 2,7, that means there is first a group of two tiles together, then a group of seven tiles together. Every set of tiles must be separated by at least one blank tile.

 

Note the finger and pirate’s hook icons at the right of the screen. If the finger is highlighted, a left click will mark tiles. Right clicking will remove a tile from the board. You can also remove tiles using the pirate’s hook. When the pirate’s hook is highlighted, your left click will remove tiles from the board.

Arizona Rose and the Pirates' Riddles - Number Grid

Arizona Rose and the Pirates’ Riddles – Number Grid

Mistakes and Hints

 

On each puzzle, you are allowed a certain number of mistakes and given a certain number of hints. Every mistake you make launches a rock to destroy your treasure chest. If you make too many mistakes, your treasure chest is destroyed and you must restart the level.
Special Tiles

As you play, you will see ocean items sitting on tiles. When you correctly mark or delete a tile with these items, you release a bonus. There are five types of bonus:

  • Seahorse gives you 5 extra treasures.
  • Starfish adds 1 to your multiplier.
  • The Crab allows you to make an additional mistake
  • The Scallop Shell gives you 500 bonus points, and the Turtle gives you 1,000 bonus points.

Power-Ups

Solving certain Mosaic puzzles unlocks power-ups. When you earn a power-up, it will appear at the bottom of your screen. With the exception of the Leather Satchel, these power-ups recharge during game play, enabling you to use each power-up multiple times in a single puzzle.

  • Medallion randomly reveals six filled tiles.
  • Map reveals all tiles touching a tile you choose.
  • The Leather Satchel is automatically activated and allows you to make an additional four mistakes per puzzle.
  • The Sword power-up randomly removes six blank tiles.
  • Choosing the Skull reveals all tiles in a row of your choosing
  • The Stone Eyeball reveals all tiles in a column of your choosing.
Arizona Rose and the Pirates' Riddles - Tiles

Arizona Rose and the Pirates’ Riddles – Tiles

Hidden Object

Hidden Object puzzles are represented by the Adventure hat on your map. In these puzzles, across the bottom of the board are the grayed-out items that you need to find in the picture.

Arizona Rose and the Pirates' Riddles - Hidden Objects

Arizona Rose and the Pirates’ Riddles – Hidden Objects

Mosaic Shapes

Mosaic games are shown on the map according to what type of object you need to place. Fuzzle Express is a Tetris-style puzzle where you place the shaped tiles to completely fill in an outline. Click on a piece to hold it, and right click to rotate the piece. You can move a piece as many times as you like.

Arizona Rose and the Pirates' Riddles - 01

Arizona Rose and the Pirates’ Riddles – 01

In the other type of Mosaic puzzle, shaped tiles cascade down the left side of the screen. Click on a piece to hold it. You can rotate the piece by right clicking. Don’t rotate too many times, or else the piece will spin helplessly out of control and cannot be placed on the board. Be careful placing pieces. Once they are on the board they cannot be moved. Fill in the entire picture before you accumulate too many pieces.

Arizona Rose and the Pirates' Riddles - 02

Arizona Rose and the Pirates’ Riddles – 02

Arizona Rose and the Pirates’ Riddles Walkthrough

The Village

Play starts in the Village. Complete the Hidden Object game and the antique shop owner gives you some old maps.

Star Chaser

The wreck of the Star Chaser is your first stop in your quest for the pirate’s treasure. The depths reveal spooky images such as skulls as you continue to decode Blackbeard’s maps.

Rocky Coast

At the Rocky Coast, a Hidden Object game gives you blocks in different shaped tiles. Once you find all the items displayed at the bottom of the screen, you progress to your first Mosaic puzzle. Inside the box you find a gold medallion. This unlocks your first power-up.

Jungle

You never know what you will find when you enter the steamy jungle. The first puzzle here is a Hidden Object game. Your search will yield another treasure map, which unlocks your second power-up.
Cave
Following the clues in the map, you find your way Into the Cave. You find another box, but this one is made from stone. Inside you find a sword. This is your third power-up.

Galleon

The treasure map leads you to the middle of the ocean. Solving the wooden box puzzle reveals a leather satchel. This is your fourth power-up.

Beach

After so much adventure you return to the Beach for some much needed rest. Just when you are lulled into a sense of security, an angry policeman comes to arrest you for stealing the treasure.

Cottage

Instead of taking Arizona Rose to the police station, she is brought to a small cottage. You must figure out the clues held in the number grid puzzles to escape.

The Whitecap

Start this level with a wooden box puzzle. Fill the puzzle with the shaped tiles and you gain your fifth power-up.

Wreck of the Spirit

The oldest of the shipwrecks, at the Wreck of the Spirit solve the Hidden Object puzzle to find a heavy stone box. In this box you discover your last power-up: the Stone Eyeball.

Arizona Rose and the Pirates' Riddles - 03

Arizona Rose and the Pirates’ Riddles – 03

Tips and Tricks

To solve number grid puzzles, remember to:

  • Look for larger numbers that will fill a row or column.
  • Try to get outside edges first.
  • Use your power-ups. These recharge while you play, so you can use a power-up multiple times on a single puzzle.

For Cascading Mosaic puzzles:

  • Look to place large pieces first.
  • Start with the outside corners. Be careful trying to fill in every space, because you cannot move tiles once they are placed.
  • Let the smaller pieces, such as single and double pieces, fall to the bottom. You will want these later in the puzzle when you have to fill in small spaces.
  • Smash big pieces with the hammer.

Feel the thrill of adventure hunting for Blackbeard’s treasure. The beautiful backdrops help you relax, and Arizona Rose and the Pirate’s Riddles provides many hours of gaming fun.

 

Congratulations! You’ve completed our Arizona Rose and the Pirates’ Riddles Walkthrough! For more great tips and tricks, visit our blog!

 

 

This Arizona Rose and the Pirates’ Riddles Walkthrough is meant as a guide and does not contain cheats, hacks or serials.

 

The post Arizona Rose and the Pirates’ Riddles Walkthrough appeared first on GameHouse.

Hidden Expedition – The Uncharted Islands Walkthrough

$
0
0

After a desperate attempt to flee from the Devil’s Triangle, you end up crashing on a group of uncharted islands. You have Kathy with you, but there is only so much she can do to help you. You are forced into an exciting adventure and have to do whatever it takes to stop a dangerous pirate. This Hidden Expedition – The Uncharted Islands Walkthrough will help you get through the game and uncover the secrets.

 

Contents

General Tips & Tricks

– To start a game or continue where you left off, click on Play in the main menu.
– If you want to adjust the music, screen size, sound or cursor you have to click on Options. Here you can choose the settings you want.
– The game difficulty can also be set under options. There is the Casual Mode and Expert Mode. With the casual mode, you start with five hints and the hint recharges at a rate of 20 seconds. Expert mode is more challenging and starts you off with only three hints and the recharge rate is a minute.
– You are allowed to have more than one Player Profile. You can choose the one you want to play with, delete an existing profile or create a new profile by clicking on the “Or sign in here” button found under the player name.
– To end the game and close the window, click on Exit.

– While playing the game you will notice that the cursor changes. This is an indication of what actions have to be taken in a given area.
– In the lower right of the screen there is the Hint button. You can click on this if you need help finding something or are not sure what to do.
– The Inventory is found at the bottom of the screen. Open it by holding the mouse cursor on the bar and it will appear. There are times when objects need to be used together and to do this, simply click on an item and drag it over to the one you want to combine it with.
– In the lower left corner of the screen you will see the Journal. Here is where information gathered is documented.
– To return to the main menu, click on the Menu button found under the journal.
– Under Objective, you will be shown the current task. The journal will contain more information on whatever task you are working on.

Hidden Expedition – The Uncharted Islands Walkthrough

Chapter 1 – The Strange Savages

– First, speak with Kathy.
– Pick up the TorchCrowbar and Lighter.
– Once you have the items, continue on and then look at the Telegram found on the boulder.
– Take the Journal that Kathy gives you. You can view it anytime by clicking on the corresponding icon in the lower left part of the screen.
– Pick up the Rubber Hose.
– The boulder has to be moved and this is done by using the Crowbar on it. Once it is out of the way, continue on.

Hidden Expedition - The Uncharted Islands - Chapter 1a

Hidden Expedition – The Uncharted Islands – Chapter 1a

– Take the Lighter and Torch from your inventory and put them together. The Lit Torchcan now be used to light the ones on the side of the ship. This triggers a puzzle and you will have to find all of the objects.

Hidden Expedition - The Uncharted Islands - Chapter 1b

Hidden Expedition – The Uncharted Islands – Chapter 1b

– Pick up the Boat Prop and get the Letter to Delia that will appear once Kathy stops talking to you.
– Continue to move forward.

Hidden Expedition - The Uncharted Islands - Chapter 1c

Hidden Expedition – The Uncharted Islands – Chapter 1c

– Pick up the Bucket of Water.

Hidden Expedition - The Uncharted Islands - Chapter 1d

Hidden Expedition – The Uncharted Islands – Chapter 1d

– Zoom in on the old boat.
– Pick up the Gas Can found on the boat.

Hidden Expedition - The Uncharted Islands - Chapter-1e

Hidden Expedition – The Uncharted Islands – Chapter-1e

– Speak with Chet and then continue to move on.
– Pick up the Flashlight.
– Go to your inventory and put together the Gas Can and Rubber Hose. Now you can use this to fill the plane’s gas tank.
– Now you can go into the plane tree house.

Hidden Expedition - The Uncharted Islands - Chapter 1f

Hidden Expedition – The Uncharted Islands – Chapter 1f

– Zoom in on the desk. This will trigger a puzzle and you will be given the task to find various objects. The puzzles are randomized.

Hidden Expedition - The Uncharted Islands - Chapter 1g

Hidden Expedition – The Uncharted Islands – Chapter 1g

– Pick up the Hamster Whistle and Pull Cord.

Hidden Expedition - The Uncharted Islands - Chapter 1h

Hidden Expedition – The Uncharted Islands – Chapter 1h

– On the left side of the desk there is a book. Zoom in on it.
– A puzzle will be activated when you click on the book. To solve this puzzle, you will have to take the pieces of the rocket on the right side and put the in their proper position on the left page. Get the C that is on the left page.

Hidden Expedition - The Uncharted Islands - Chapter 1i

Hidden Expedition – The Uncharted Islands – Chapter 1i

– Leave the plane and continue to move forward.
– There is a hamster on the right side. Use the Hamster Whistle on it to have it added to your inventory.
– Take the Extending Grabber Hand before continuing to move on.

Hidden Expedition - The Uncharted Islands - Chapter 1j

Hidden Expedition – The Uncharted Islands – Chapter 1j

– Zoom in on the vines and get the Grappling Hook by using the Extending Grabber Hand.

Hidden Expedition - The Uncharted Islands - Chapter 1k

Hidden Expedition – The Uncharted Islands – Chapter 1k

– Next, zoom in on the crate and open it. This will trigger a scene in which you have to find the items. You will first have to turn on the light by using the Crank.

Hidden Expedition - The Uncharted Islands - Chapter 1l

Hidden Expedition – The Uncharted Islands – Chapter 1l

– Take the Matchbook and Match and use them together.
– Find the listed objects.
– The Tiny Rake has to be used on the dirt that is inside of the planter.

Hidden Expedition - The Uncharted Islands - Chapter 1m

Hidden Expedition – The Uncharted Islands – Chapter 1m

– Open the locked box with the Key and then pick up the Corkscrew.
– Open the wine bottle by using the Corkscrew on it.
– Get the Paper in the wine bottle by pulling it out with the Tweezers.
– The Charcoal and Paper have to be used together on the stone piece.

Hidden Expedition - The Uncharted Islands - Chapter 1n

Hidden Expedition – The Uncharted Islands – Chapter 1n

– Find all of the listed objects.

Hidden Expedition - The Uncharted Islands - Chapter 1o

Hidden Expedition – The Uncharted Islands – Chapter 1o

– The Bird Photo is obtained by taking a picture as a bird flies over the box.
– Open the box by cutting the string with the Scissors. Once it is opened, pick up theScrewdriver and then use it to acquire the Sabre.
– Open the bottle of plant food with the Bottle Opener.

Hidden Expedition - The Uncharted Islands - Chapter 1p

Hidden Expedition – The Uncharted Islands – Chapter 1p

– Find the listed objects once again.
– The Bread is cut with the Sabre. Pick up the Paintbrush found under the bread.

Hidden Expedition - The Uncharted Islands - Chapter 1q

Hidden Expedition – The Uncharted Islands – Chapter 1q

– Take the Paint Can Opener and the Paint Remover.
– Open up the round box and pick up the Old Rag.
– Open the can of paint by using the Paint Can Opener on the lid.
– Use the Paintbrush with the red paint and then on the toy soldier.

Hidden Expedition - The Uncharted Islands - Chapter 1r

Hidden Expedition – The Uncharted Islands – Chapter 1r

– Find all the listed objects.
– To catch the fly, use the Super Duper Glue on the orange.

Hidden Expedition - The Uncharted Islands - Chapter 1s

Hidden Expedition – The Uncharted Islands – Chapter 1s

– Find all the listed objects.
– First, find the Paint Scraper underneath the round box.
– Pour the Paint Remover onto the paint on the lid of the crate. Then use the Paint Scraper on it to remove it. A combination of numbers will be revealed.
– Unlock the box using the combination found after removing the paint. Once the box is opened, get the Antique Pistol.

Hidden Expedition - The Uncharted Islands - Chapter 1t

Hidden Expedition – The Uncharted Islands – Chapter 1t

– Find all the listed objects.
– Move the paint can and take the Ammunition.
– Add the Seeds and Plant Food to the dirt in the pot and then use the Watering Can on it. Once it appears, you will be able to get the Bee.

Hidden Expedition - The Uncharted Islands - Chapter 1u

Hidden Expedition – The Uncharted Islands – Chapter 1u

– Find all the listed objects.
– Go to your inventory and use the Ammunition with the Antique Pistol.
– Once the Antique Pistol is loaded, shoot the target with it.

Hidden Expedition - The Uncharted Islands - Chapter 1v

Hidden Expedition – The Uncharted Islands – Chapter 1v

– Find all the listed objects.
– Pick up the Utility Knife that is revealed by moving the planter.
– Break open the piggy bank with the hammer. Pick up the Earring.
– Lure the Mouse by putting the Cheese on the right side of the crate.
– Wipe the glass shard with the Old Rag to get the Maple Leaf.

Hidden Expedition - The Uncharted Islands - Chapter 1w

Hidden Expedition – The Uncharted Islands – Chapter 1w

– Find all the listed objects.
– Open the sack by using the Utility Knife on it.
– Make the Pirate Face by putting the EarringEye Patch and Cloth on the potato.

Hidden Expedition - The Uncharted Islands - Chapter 1x

Hidden Expedition – The Uncharted Islands – Chapter 1x

– Find all the listed objects.
– Unlock the box with the Paper Clip. Open it and get the Clippers.
– Snip the grass found in front of the crate with the Clippers.
– Pick up the Wire Nippers and use them on the metal.
– Open the door that is revealed and pick up the Small Motor Body.

Hidden Expedition - The Uncharted Islands - Chapter 1y

Hidden Expedition – The Uncharted Islands – Chapter 1y

– Go back four screens and then shine the Flashlight on the light sensitive plant. Pick up the Button of Power.
– Go and speak with Chet. Get the Quarter and then use it to get a newspaper out of the newspaper dispenser. Read the paper.
– Pick up the Slingshot and then move forward three times before turning to the left. Use the Slingshot to knock down the guard sitting in the crow’s nest.
– Go back down two times and zoom in on the boat. Use the Rip CordGas TankSmall Motor Body and the Boat Prop on the boat. Zoom out and then click on the boat. This will activate a logic puzzle.
– To solve the puzzle, you will have to fill in the blanks. The dots serve as guides.

Hidden Expedition - The Uncharted Islands - Chapter 1z

Hidden Expedition – The Uncharted Islands – Chapter 1z

– Once the first puzzle is solved, pull the lever and go forward. Solve the next puzzle.

Hidden Expedition - The Uncharted Islands - Chapter 1z1

Hidden Expedition – The Uncharted Islands – Chapter 1z1

– Pull the lever and solve the third puzzle.

Hidden Expedition - The Uncharted Islands - Chapter 1z2

Hidden Expedition – The Uncharted Islands – Chapter 1z2

– Now you can move forward. Board the ship by using the Grappling Hook on it.
– Take the Gun Powder Keg and Crocodile Jack.
– Zoom in on the door to activate another puzzle.
– Solve the puzzle by connecting the green dot and the yellow dot. The connecting line has to be continuous.

Hidden Expedition - The Uncharted Islands - Chapter 1aa

Hidden Expedition – The Uncharted Islands – Chapter 1aa

– Enter the ship and then turn to the right.
– Speak with Delia. Get the D from the note.
– Take the Record.

Hidden Expedition - The Uncharted Islands - Chapter 1bb

Hidden Expedition – The Uncharted Islands – Chapter 1bb

– Place the Record onto the gramophone.
– Pick up the Trowel.

Hidden Expedition - The Uncharted Islands - Chapter 1cc

Hidden Expedition – The Uncharted Islands – Chapter 1cc

– Continue down and use the Crocodile Jack on the mouth of the croc.
– Pick up Undertow’s Library Card.
– Get in the boat and go back to the ship. Board it again and turn right.
– Zoom in on the door and open it using the Library Card.
– Go inside and you will have to find 19 related pairs.

Hidden Expedition - The Uncharted Islands - Chapter 1dd

Hidden Expedition – The Uncharted Islands – Chapter 1dd

– Take the Cement.

Hidden Expedition - The Uncharted Islands - Chapter 1ee

Hidden Expedition – The Uncharted Islands – Chapter 1ee

– Use the CementBucket of Water and Trowel together in the wheelbarrow. Once it is mixed, place the cement in each of the cannons.
– Go down five times and then up two times. Zoom in on the door and solve the puzzle.
– To solve this puzzle, use the letters you have collected to spell Corn Dog. Go in the rocket.
– Get the Hamster Food.
– Use the Gun Powder with the Keg. Take the Key and use it to unlock the red lock.
– Examine the cupboard and then take the Toy Tool from the bowl.
– Put the Hamster in the cupboard and then feed it by filling the bowl with the Hamster Food.
– Zoom in on the chest. Put the Toy Tool on the licks and the slide it to the right side.

Hidden Expedition - The Uncharted Islands - Chapter 1ff

Hidden Expedition – The Uncharted Islands – Chapter 1ff

– Find all the listed objects.
– Get the F10 and Big Shell.

Hidden Expedition - The Uncharted Islands - Chapter 1gg

Hidden Expedition – The Uncharted Islands – Chapter 1gg

 

Hidden Expedition - The Uncharted Islands - Chapter 1hh

Hidden Expedition – The Uncharted Islands – Chapter 1hh

– Zoom in on the jukebox and place the F10 and Big Shell on it.
– Pull the lever and the bird cage will drop. Now you can climb the ladder.
– Zoom in on the Control Panel and set it on volcano. Finally, pull the launch lever.

Hidden Expedition - The Uncharted Islands - Chapter 1ii

Hidden Expedition – The Uncharted Islands – Chapter 1ii

Chapter 2 – The Forgotten City

– Take the Tire Iron.

Hidden Expedition - The Uncharted Islands - Chapter 2a

Hidden Expedition – The Uncharted Islands – Chapter 2a

– Zoom in on the door and use the Tire Iron on it.
– Go inside. Take the Hourglass.

Hidden Expedition - The Uncharted Islands - Chapter 2b

Hidden Expedition – The Uncharted Islands – Chapter 2b

– Go to the left door and enter the room.
– Zoom in on the statue base. This triggers a puzzle. Find the 12 related pairs.

Hidden Expedition - The Uncharted Islands - Chapter 2c

Hidden Expedition – The Uncharted Islands – Chapter 2c

– Get the Sands of Time.

Hidden Expedition - The Uncharted Islands - Chapter 2d

Hidden Expedition – The Uncharted Islands – Chapter 2d

– Go up and then zoom in on the vending machine.
– Find the note from Undertow and read it.
– Get the Baseball Bat.

Hidden Expedition - The Uncharted Islands - Chapter 2e

Hidden Expedition – The Uncharted Islands – Chapter 2e

– Go back down two times.
– Zoom in on the crevice by the middle door. Put the Hourglass and Sands of Timetogether and then place the combined item inside the hole.
– Go into the room.

Hidden Expedition - The Uncharted Islands - Chapter 2f

Hidden Expedition – The Uncharted Islands – Chapter 2f

– Zoom in on the portrait to activate a puzzle.
– Find all of the objects and get the Florin Coin.

Hidden Expedition - The Uncharted Islands - Chapter 2g

Hidden Expedition – The Uncharted Islands – Chapter 2g

– Take the Crowbar.

Hidden Expedition - The Uncharted Islands - Chapter 2h

Hidden Expedition – The Uncharted Islands – Chapter 2h

– Zoom in on the skeleton and notice the drawings.
– Zoom in on the wall and activate the puzzle.
– Solve this puzzle by sliding the bricks around until the large square brick exits through the bottom.

– Take the Hammer.

Hidden Expedition - The Uncharted Islands - Chapter 2j

Hidden Expedition – The Uncharted Islands – Chapter 2j

– Zoom in on the right diving suit and use the Crowbar on the left arm of it.
– Zoom in on the left diving suit. Use the Hammer on the left leg.
– Go to the left and activate the puzzle. Find all of the objects and get the Screwdriver.

Hidden Expedition - The Uncharted Islands - Chapter 2k

Hidden Expedition – The Uncharted Islands – Chapter 2k

– Zoom in on the grate near the stairs. Remove the screws with the Screwdriver and then lift the grate.

Hidden Expedition - The Uncharted Islands - Chapter 2l

Hidden Expedition – The Uncharted Islands – Chapter 2l

– Find all of the objects.
– Use the Bottle of Water with the bucket.
– Pick up the Key and the Wire Brush.
– Use the Screwdriver on the brick.

Hidden Expedition - The Uncharted Islands - Chapter 2m

Hidden Expedition – The Uncharted Islands – Chapter 2m

– Find all of the objects.
– Find the Bobby Pin underneath the hat.

Hidden Expedition - The Uncharted Islands - Chapter 2n

Hidden Expedition – The Uncharted Islands – Chapter 2n

– Find all of the objects.

Hidden Expedition - The Uncharted Islands - Chapter 2o

Hidden Expedition – The Uncharted Islands – Chapter 2o

– Find all of the objects.
– Turn on the light by flipping the switch.

Hidden Expedition - The Uncharted Islands - Chapter 2p

Hidden Expedition – The Uncharted Islands – Chapter 2p

– Find all of the objects.
– Cut the ropes on the chest with the Razor Blade.
– Get the Plunger and Hammer. Combine the Hammer and Chisel. Use the combined item on the barnacles.

Hidden Expedition - The Uncharted Islands - Chapter 2q

Hidden Expedition – The Uncharted Islands – Chapter 2q

– Find all of the objects.
– Lure the chipmunk out with the Acorn.

Hidden Expedition - The Uncharted Islands - Chapter 2r

Hidden Expedition – The Uncharted Islands – Chapter 2r

– Find all of the objects.

Hidden Expedition - The Uncharted Islands - Chapter 2s

Hidden Expedition – The Uncharted Islands – Chapter 2s

– Find all of the objects.
– Pick up the Rope.

Hidden Expedition - The Uncharted Islands - Chapter 2t

Hidden Expedition – The Uncharted Islands – Chapter 2t

– Zoom in on the door and open it.
– Go out the door on the left and then up two times. Zoom in on the vending machine and then put the Coin into it. Choose the Six.
– Retrieve the Raisins by using the Baseball Bat.
– Go back down two times and enter through the door on the right.
– Put the Trap and Raisins on the ground. Exit the room and then go back into it. Get theKey.
– Go up one time, turn left and then up two more times. Zoom in on the desk and then unlock it with the Key. This will activate a puzzle.
– Find all of the objects and get the Navigation Device.

Hidden Expedition - The Uncharted Islands - Chapter 2u

Hidden Expedition – The Uncharted Islands – Chapter 2u

– Go back down two times and zoom in on the map. Put the Navigation Device on the middle of the map. This triggers a puzzle. The solution to the map puzzle is 1-8-0.
– Now zoom in on the diving suit to activate another puzzle. Change the bottom buttons so that they say A-4-3. Get the Helmet.
– Complete the Diving Suit and leave through the left door.

Hidden Expedition - The Uncharted Islands - Chapter 2v

Hidden Expedition – The Uncharted Islands – Chapter 2v

Chapter 3 – Beware of the Undertow

– Click on the puffer fish.
– Find all of the objects and get the Antidote.

Hidden Expedition - The Uncharted Islands - Chapter 3a

Hidden Expedition – The Uncharted Islands – Chapter 3a

– Get the Chain Cutters.

Hidden Expedition - The Uncharted Islands - Chapter 3b

Hidden Expedition – The Uncharted Islands – Chapter 3b

– Zoom in on the chained box and open it by using the Chain Cutters. Get the Keys.
– Read Undertow’s note.
– Go down and then up two times. Zoom in on the gate and unlock it with the Keys.
– A puzzle will be activated. Solve it by using two keys and sliding them so that there is a straight line of bars in the middle.

Hidden Expedition - The Uncharted Islands - Chapter 3c

Hidden Expedition – The Uncharted Islands – Chapter 3c

– Speak with Sheldon.
– Find all of the objects and get the Welder’s Mask.

Hidden Expedition - The Uncharted Islands - Chapter 3d

Hidden Expedition – The Uncharted Islands – Chapter 3d

– Find all of the objects. Get the Cutting Torch.

Hidden Expedition - The Uncharted Islands - Chapter 3e

Hidden Expedition – The Uncharted Islands – Chapter 3e

– Find all of the objects. Get the Oxygen Tank.

Hidden Expedition - The Uncharted Islands - Chapter 3f

Hidden Expedition – The Uncharted Islands – Chapter 3f

– Zoom in on the door of the submarine. In your inventory, combine the Oxygen Tank andCutting Torch.
– Use the Welder’s Mask on the door and the Welder to cut it open. Go inside.
– Take the Hat and Pirate Cloak.
– Read the newspaper before climbing the ladder.
– Speak with Undertow.
– Find all of the objects. Get the Grater.

Hidden Expedition - The Uncharted Islands - Chapter 3g

Hidden Expedition – The Uncharted Islands – Chapter 3g

– Find all of the objects. Get the Lantern.

Hidden Expedition - The Uncharted Islands - Chapter 3h

Hidden Expedition – The Uncharted Islands – Chapter 3h

– Go down once and then up two times.
– Find all of the objects and get the Hub Cap.

Hidden Expedition - The Uncharted Islands - Chapter 3i

Hidden Expedition – The Uncharted Islands – Chapter 3i

– Go back inside the submarine and go upstairs to speak with Undertow.
– Go forward once and get the Drill.
– Zoom in on the drawing and then the control panel.
– Activate the puzzle. Solve it by winning three tic tac toe games.
– Find all of the objects. Get the Crane Key.

Hidden Expedition - The Uncharted Islands - Chapter 3j

Hidden Expedition – The Uncharted Islands – Chapter 3j

– Replace the Crane Key. Pull the right lever to the left, pull the left one down and then up, pull the right lever to the middle and then the left one down. Go down two times and turn left.
– Get the Parrot Food.

Hidden Expedition - The Uncharted Islands - Chapter 3k

Hidden Expedition – The Uncharted Islands – Chapter 3k

– Go back to the submarine and give the Parrot Food to the parrot.
– Zoom in on the machine and activate the puzzle. Solve it by placing the large circles in a symmetrical pattern with the small ones. The code is F-Z-2-7.
– Pick up the Drill Bit and combine it with the Drill in your inventory.
– Speak with Sheldon.
– Get the Fishmaster. Go down two times, turn left and then right before going up. Get the Hook.

Hidden Expedition - The Uncharted Islands - Chapter 3l

Hidden Expedition – The Uncharted Islands – Chapter 3l

 

Hidden Expedition - The Uncharted Islands - Chapter 3l2

Hidden Expedition – The Uncharted Islands – Chapter 3l2

Chapter 4 – The Reunion

– First, speak with Ralph.
– Go through the door on the right.
– Pick up the ChickenFishing Pole and Shovel.

Hidden Expedition - The Uncharted Islands - Chapter 4a

Hidden Expedition – The Uncharted Islands – Chapter 4a

– Zoom in on the clock and trigger the puzzle. Solve it by giving the man the fishing pole, winding up the clock and then clicking on the man so that he drops the fishing pole when the fish is in front. Pick up the Chain.
– Find all of the objects.
– Get the Grabber and the Hook.

Hidden Expedition - The Uncharted Islands - Chapter 4b

Hidden Expedition – The Uncharted Islands – Chapter 4b

– Replace the Chain and then get the Ladder.
– Place the Ladder under the shorter one and then climb up it. Get the Chicken.

Hidden Expedition - The Uncharted Islands - Chapter 4c

Hidden Expedition – The Uncharted Islands – Chapter 4c

– Dig up the plant on the left with the Shovel.
– Clear the manhole cover and use the Hook on it. Pick up the Baseball.
– Zoom in on the left door and enter.
– Get the Chicken with the Grabber.
– Take the Paint Remover and Fumigator.

Hidden Expedition - The Uncharted Islands - Chapter 4d

Hidden Expedition – The Uncharted Islands – Chapter 4d

– Throw the Baseball at the dog.

Hidden Expedition - The Uncharted Islands - Chapter 4e

Hidden Expedition – The Uncharted Islands – Chapter 4e

– Remove the cap with the Wrench.
– Find all of the objects and get the Key.

Hidden Expedition - The Uncharted Islands - Chapter 4f

Hidden Expedition – The Uncharted Islands – Chapter 4f

– Find all of the objects. Get the Scissors and Chicken.

Hidden Expedition - The Uncharted Islands - Chapter 4g

Hidden Expedition – The Uncharted Islands – Chapter 4g

– Zoom in on the nests and activate the puzzle. The solution is right, left, right, right, left.

Hidden Expedition - The Uncharted Islands - Chapter 4h

Hidden Expedition – The Uncharted Islands – Chapter 4h

– Find all of the objects. Get the Knife and Tuning Peg.

Hidden Expedition - The Uncharted Islands - Chapter 4i

Hidden Expedition – The Uncharted Islands – Chapter 4i

– Go down once and zoom in on the door. Replace the Tuning Key. This triggers a puzzle. Solve it as shown.

Hidden Expedition - The Uncharted Islands - Chapter 4j

Hidden Expedition – The Uncharted Islands – Chapter 4j

– Zoom in on the panel and solve the puzzle.
– Cut it all down with the Knife.
– Speak with Delia and Gideon.
– Get the Amplifier.
– In your inventory, combine the Amplifier and Fishmaster. Use the combined item on Undertow.

Hidden Expedition - The Uncharted Islands - Chapter 4k

Hidden Expedition – The Uncharted Islands – Chapter 4k

Great job! You have reached the end of the Hidden Expedition – The Uncharted Islands Walkthrough.

 

For more great tips and tricks, visit our blog!

 

The Hidden Expedition – The Uncharted Islands Walkthrough is meant as a guide and does not contain cheats, hacks or serials.

 

The post Hidden Expedition – The Uncharted Islands Walkthrough appeared first on GameHouse.

Parallels Cross Walkthrough

$
0
0

When a sudden roadblock diverts your journey, your son suddenly goes missing! Explore the grounds of Westerfeld Manor in search of Jake. Our Parallels Cross walkthrough is a step by step guide which contains tips, tricks, and puzzle solutions.

Contents

General Tips & Tricks

Just getting started? Need a refresher? This section covers the general tips and tricks you’ll need while playing Parallels Cross.

 

  • When starting the game for the first time, you’ll be able to select from three difficulties:
    • Relaxed – Active zones are highlighted. Skip and Hint buttons recharge quickly. The Map contains marks on where you’ve been and which locations have been completed.
    • Normal – Active zones are not highlighted. Skip and Hint buttons recharge slowly. The Map contains marks on where you’ve been and which locations have been completed.
    • Expert – Active zones are not highlighted. There are no Skip or Hint buttons available. The Map does not contain marks.
  • The Hint button is located in the bottom left corner of your screen. Once all the lights have been lit, you can click on this button to receive a hint as to your next location, or what you should do next.
  • The Skip button will take the place of the Hint button during puzzles. Once the button has been fully charged, you may opt to skip the puzzle.
  • The Map is located in the lower left corner of your screen. Click on the Map to view locations you’ve been to. Depending on your difficulty selected, you can also view which areas you’ve completed. Click on an area you’ve visited before to instantly travel to that location.
  • Inventory Items are outlined in bold in the guide below. Hover your cursor over the bottom of your screen to bring up the inventory at any time.
  • Locations are italicized in the walkthrough below.

 

Parallels Cross Walkthrough

When a mysterious road block prevents you from travelling further and your son goes missing, it’s up to you to find out where he’s gone. Your journey will lead you through the mysterious and abandoned Westerfeld Manor, a complex shrouded in secrecy. Can you solve the mystery and locate your lost boy?

 

Chapter 1: The Mansion

A long drive is interrupted by a sudden roadblock. When your son disappears, it’s up to you to follow him onto Manor grounds.

 

Road

  • Take a closer look at the fence on the left. Click on the stick toward the bottom right to add the Tree Branch to your inventory.
  • Click on the car trunk to open it, then take a closer look inside. Click on the items within the trunk to move them to the right. Click on the Tow-rope on the left side of the trunk to add it to your inventory.
  • Combine the Tree Branch and the Tow-rope to acquire the Tow-rope with Branch.
  • Use the Tow-rope with Branch on the tree branch over the fence on the upper left.
  • Click on the rope to proceed over the fence into the next area.

Park

  • Proceed forward into the next area.

Fountain

  • Zoom in on the illuminated map. Click on it to add the Map to the lower left corner of your screen. Now you can view all locations you’ve been to, and even fast-travel between them.
  • Examine the fountain beneath the billboard where the Map was posted. Move all the books aside (Tip: It’s easiest if you move them to the left) and click on the purple Leaflet Page to add it to your inventory.
Parallels Cross Leaflet Page Location

Parallels Cross Leaflet Page Location

  • Proceed through the first entrance on the right to the next location.

Passage

  • Note the broken umbrella on the right.
  • Continue forward to the next location.

Courtyard

  • Examine the tag lying at the base of the statue. Click and hold to pull out the Part of Note.
  • Continue to the right.

Alley

  • Take a closer look at the doorway to the building ahead in the distance. Click on the Leaflet Cover in the top right corner of the steps to add it to your inventory.
  • Combine the Leaflet Page and the Leaflet Cover to trigger a puzzle.
  • Move the leaflet cover so that it reveals a hidden code. Once you’ve solved the puzzle, the solution XPSM1M will be added to your journal. The solution is pictured here.
Parallels Cross Leaflet Cover Puzzle Solution

Parallels Cross Leaflet Cover Puzzle Solution

  • Continue forward toward the small building on the right.

Gate

  • Enter through the door and into the small building.

Booth

  • Zoom in on the monitor displaying static in the corner. Click on the Part of Note (2) hanging from the bottom right corner to add it to your inventory.
  • Combine the Part of Note x2 with each other to obtain a clue, which will be added to your journal. The clue is 59813556.
  • Open the top drawer on the right side of the desk. Move the objects within the drawer to the left until you uncover the black and yellow Nippers. Click on them to add them to your inventory.
  • Click to open the upper left drawer of the desk. Move aside the objects inside until you uncover the yellow Flashlight Without Batteries.
  • Return to the Courtyard.

Courtyard

  • Take a closer look at the door. Input the code 59813556 into the keypad.
Parallels Cross Mansion Entrance Keypad Code

Parallels Cross Mansion Entrance Keypad Code

  • Enter the mansion.

Hall

  • Upon entering the mansion, you’ll find it’s too dark to see. Return to the Passage.

Passage

  • Take a closer look at the mangled umbrella on the right. Use the Nippers to clip the wire and obtain the Picklock.
  • Return to the Courtyard.

Courtyard

  • Examine the locked electrical box to the right of the mansion doors. Use the Picklock to remove the lock and open the panel, revealing a puzzle.
  • Flip the switches in the correct order to restore power. The solution is shown below.
Parallels Cross Electrical Box Switch Flip Solution

Parallels Cross Electrical Box Switch Flip Solution

  • Upon completing the puzzle, power will be restored to the building. Enter it once more.

Hall

  • Examine the tipped-over toolbox at the base of the tree. Pick up the Screwdriver, the Chisel, and the Hose to add them to your inventory.
  • Proceed through the doors on the left.

Lab

  • Take a closer look at the red computer screen on the left. Click on the Office Key on the left side of the desk to add it to your inventory.
  • Examine the cabinet on the far left side of the screen, against the wall. A puzzle will be triggered.
  • Arrange the dots in such a way that no lines cross or intersect in order to open the cabinet. The solution is pictured below.
Parallels Cross Lab Cabinet Puzzle Solution

Parallels Cross Lab Cabinet Puzzle Solution

  • Upon completing the puzzle, click on the L15 Substance sitting on the top shelf to add it to your inventory.
  • Return to the previous room.

Hall

  • Take a closer look at the door on the right. Use the Office Key on the lock to open it, then proceed inside.

Office

  • Examine the pillar covered in notes straight ahead. Click on the bottommost full-page note entitled “Logos!!!” to add it to your journal.
Parallels Cross Office Note Page

Parallels Cross Office Note Page

  • Take a closer look at the desk on the left. Open the desk drawer and move all the postcards within to the left, revealing the Glass Cutter in the bottom of the drawer. Click on it to add it to your inventory.
  • Examine the clock radio toward the upper right. Use the Screwdriver to remove the backing, then click to add the Batteries to your inventory.
  • Combine the Batteries and the Flashlight Without Batteries in your inventory to obtain the Flashlight.
  • Back in the main area, zoom in on the safe near the top of the cabinet on the right to trigger a puzzle.
  • Set the code encryption using the dial below, then use the dials above to input the correct code. The encryption code is such that I in the golden ring should line up with J in the inner ring. Set the dials to I, F, N, F, and B respectively to spell “LOGOS”, as depicted in the note clue. The solution is shown below.
Parallels Cross Office Safe Puzzle Solution

Parallels Cross Office Safe Puzzle Solution

  • Once the safe is open, read through the folder inside. Note the stamp – you’ll be returning here later.
  • Exit outside to the Alley.

Alley

  • Notice the window extending below ground level toward the left in the distance. Use the Glass Cutter to remove the glass pane, then proceed inside.

 

Chapter 2: The Campus Girls’ Wing

Finally, a way in! Explore the abandoned campus for traces of your lost son.

 

Basement

  • Take a closer look at the table on the left. Move the objects on the desk to the left until you uncover the Pencil in the lower right corner. Click to add it to your inventory.
  • Proceed forward into the next location.

Boilers

  • The room is dark upon entering. Use the Flashlight to illuminate the area.
  • Click on the door on the right for a closer view. Use the Pliers on the door handle to open it and proceed through to the next location.

Staircase

  • Zoom in on the switches beneath the light ahead. Click on the green button of the switch marked “Boiler Room” to flip on the lights in the previous location.
  • Proceed up the stairs on the left.

1st Floor Hall

  • Take a closer look at the stand marked “Lost and Found” on the left. Click on the Stethoscope at the bottom to add it to your inventory.
  • Head up the second set of stairs to the left part of the next floor.

Girls’ Wing

  • Enter the second door on the left.

Girls’ Room II

  • Pick up the Volatium Book (1) sitting on the chair on the right.
Parallels Cross Volatium Book 1 of 5

Parallels Cross Volatium Book 1 of 5

  • Take a closer look at the inside of the cabinet straight ahead. Read the diary entry at the bottom of the cabinet and collect the Engraved Plate propped up on the right.
  • Exit back out to the Girls’ Wing.

Girls’ Wing

  • Enter the through the fourth door from the left.

Girls’ Room I

  • Examine the desk sitting in the back right corner. Move the sheet music on the left over onto the center of the desk, revealing the Xylophone Planks and the Key #11.
Parallels Cross Girls Room I Items

Parallels Cross Girls Room I Items

  • Take a closer look at the desk sitting in the back left corner. Click on the page of the notepad to lift it, then place the Engraved Plate on the notepad. Click on the page to move it over top of the Engraved Plate, then use the Pencil to outline the design etched on it. The Pencil will remain on the desk, and ¼ of a design will remain on the page.
  • Return to the Girls’ Wing.

Girls’ Wing

  • Enter the first door on the left.

Bathroom

  • Zoom in on the lockers on the right wall. Use Key #11 to open Locker #11. Click on the Liquid Soap stored inside to add it to your inventory.
  • Head back down to the 1st Floor Hall.

1st Floor Hall

  • Proceed through the door on the left.

Practice Class

  • Collect the Volatium Book (2) in front of the skeleton to add it to your inventory.
Parallels Cross Volatium Book 2 of 5

Parallels Cross Volatium Book 2 of 5

  • Take a closer look at the white cabinet beneath the clock on the other side of the room. Click on the LN2 Liquid Nitrogen in the lower right corner to collect it.
  • Examine the chemistry table in the rear left corner. Click on the Magnifying Glass lying on the table to add it to your inventory.
  • Move your cursor to the left side of your screen and click when the arrow appears to move to the next location.

Theory Class

  • Examine the top of the nearby desk on which the projector is sitting. Collect the Slide sitting on the surface at the bottom left corner of the notes.
  • Click on the switch on the left to unfurl the screen at the front of the classroom. Don’t worry about the projector just yet, as you will be revisiting this location later.
  • Return to the 1st Floor Hall.

1st Floor Hall

  • Proceed through the door on the right.

Library

  • Collect the Volatium Book (3) sitting on the chair on the left to add it to your inventory.
Parallels Cross Volatium Book 3 of 5

Parallels Cross Volatium Book 3 of 5

  • Take a closer look at the pedestal on the right. Click on the Power Cable and the Slide (2) to add it to your inventory.
Parallels Cross Library Items

Parallels Cross Library Items

  • Exit back out to the 1st Floor Hall.

1st Floor Hall

  • Proceed through the doors straight ahead.

Dining Hall

  • Click on the Salver sitting on the table right in front of you to add it to your inventory.
  • Take a closer look at the fireplace. Click on the Tongs on the right to collect them, then use the Tongs to retrieve the Engraved Plate from the fireplace.
  • Continue through the doors at the back of the Dining Hall.

Kitchen

  • Examine the inside of the fridge in the back corner. Click on the Slide In Ice to add it to your inventory.
  • Zoom in on the stove right in front of you. Place the Slide In Ice on the stove to melt it. Collect the resulting Slide (3).
  • Head out the door at the back of the Kitchen.

Sports Court

  • Click on the Basketball behind the bush on the left to add it to your inventory.
  • Take a closer look at the basketball hoop straight ahead. Use the Basketball to knock down the Blinds Handle. Aim for the center of the hoop in order to knock it down. Each time you don’t succeed, the Basketball will be re-added to your inventory. Once you succeed, you will acquire the Blinds Handle.
  • Continue down the path on the right.

Park Alley

  • Note the pile of leaves to the left of the path. You’ll be returning here later. For now, continue down the path to the next area.

Quay

  • Click on the Rope tied to the beam on the upper right to add it to your inventory.
  • Continue across the bridge to the next location.

Arbor

  • Click on the Slide (4) beneath the bench on the right to collect it.
Parallels Cross Arbor Slide Location

Parallels Cross Arbor Slide Location

  • Return to the Lab inside the Mansion.

 

Chapter 3: The Campus Boys’ Wing

With new locations uncovered, answers start to surface. But will it be enough to help you locate your son and solve the mysteries of the Campus?

 

Lab

  • Examine the base of the machine on the right. Replace the broken chord with the Power Cable from your inventory.
  • Take a closer look at the blue screen that appears on the right.
  • Input the password necessary to access the machine. The password is XPSM1M.
Parallels Cross Lab Machine Password

Parallels Cross Lab Machine Password

  • Read through all the notes on the screen by clicking on the arrow on the lower right, until you reach Note #0043. Keep the information “Experiment #270” in mind. It will come in handy later!
  • Go to the Office.

Office

  • Zoom in on the safe you opened in the upper right corner. Use the Magnifying Glass to take a closer look at the stamp in the frame. Note the number sequence “21285063”, which will be added to your journal.
Parallels Cross Stamp Code

Parallels Cross Stamp Code

  • Make your way back to the Theory Class.

Theory Class

  • Attach the Blinds Handle to the circular mechanism on the right. Click on it to close the blinds.
  • Examine the projector sitting on the desk. Make sure the screen is open, then turn the projector On.
  • Click on the grey handle extending out to the left of the projector to open the slide compartment. One by one, insert the Slides, then take a closer look at the projector screen. Each screen’s clues will be added to your journal.
  • Once you’ve inserted all the slides and viewed all the clues, return to the Library.

Library

  • Examine the pedestal with the screen on the right. Tie the Rope around the base of the pedestal.
  • Proceed down through the hole in the floor to the next area.

Laundry

  • Click on the beam propped up against the door on the right to remove it.
  • Click on the blue Rack On Wheels beneath the white desk in the back right corner to add it to your inventory.
  • Continue through the doors on the right.

Staircase

  • You’ll find yourself back in the Staircase area. Head back up the stairs to the 1st Floor Hall.

1st Floor Hall

  • Continue up the stairs to the upper right wing.

Boys’ Wing

  • Enter the second door from the left.

Boys’ Room I

  • Pick up the Earth Sign Plate propped up amidst the pillows on the left.
  • Examine the desk in the back left corner. Click on the box in the close-up to trigger a puzzle.
  • Set the numbers in such a way as that the sums of all numbers vertically, horizontally, and diagonally are the same. The sum of all the numbers should add up to 15. The solution is shown below.
Parallels Cross Music Box Puzzle Solution

Parallels Cross Music Box Puzzle Solution

  • Exit the close-up of the inside of the box for now.
  • Examine the note written on lined paper tucked underneath the top of the open book.
  • Exit the room.

Boys’ Wing

  • Enter the second door from the right.

Boys’ Room II

  • Click on the Hammer lying in the center of the floor to add it to your inventory.
  • Examine the fish tank ahead. Click on the Duct Tape and the Submarine Toy on the upper right to add it to your inventory.
  • Click on the framed painting hanging on the right wall to reveal a safe hidden beneath it.
  • Take a closer look at the safe in the wall. Use the Stethoscope to trigger a puzzle.
  • Rotate the dial left and right until you hear a click to open the safe. The combination is as follows: Left 20, Right 60, Left 30, Right 45.
  • Once the safe is open, read the note inside and collect the Lighter.
  • Exit the room and backtrack to the Park.

Park

  • Take a closer look at the statue on the left. Use the Chisel, followed by the Hammer on the statue to free the Faucet. Click on it to add it to your inventory.
  • Proceed to the Stones area.

Stones

  • Examine the fountain straight ahead. Place the Faucet behind the frog at the top of the fountain.
  • Click on the frog at the top, the leftmost, rightmost, and bottommost fish to solve the fountain puzzle.
Parallels Cross Fountain Puzzle Solution

Parallels Cross Fountain Puzzle Solution

  • Go to the Sculptures.

Sculptures

  • Take a closer look at the bushes behind the fawn in the center, and a little to the right. Click on the Chainsaw Without Fuel to add it to your inventory.
  • Head to the Road.

Road

  • Look inside the car’s trunk. Use the Hose on the gas canister, followed by the Chainsaw Without Fuel in order to acquire the Working Chainsaw.
  • Make your way to the Arbor.

Arbor

  • Take a closer look at the top of the table. Place the Earth Sign Plate into the small hole on the lower right to trigger a puzzle.
  • Align the sun and symbols according to the sketch in your journal by rotating the rings. The solution is shown below.
Parallels Cross Sun Puzzle Solution

Parallels Cross Sun Puzzle Solution

  • Upon completing the puzzle, the center compartment will open, revealing the Music Box Cylinder.
  • Return to Boys’ Room I.

Boys’ Room I

  • Take a closer look at the music box you opened earlier sitting on the desk in the rear left corner. Place the Music Box Cylinder into the box and click on the handle. A tune will play, the sequence of which (12, 2, 17, 5, 8) will be added to your journal.
  • Make your way back to the Mansion Hall.

Hall

  • Take a closer look at the broken door behind the right side of the tree. Use the Working Chainsaw to remove the branches blocking the door, then proceed through to the next area.

Greenhouse

  • Zoom in on the planters on the right and collect the Agent Purple.
Parallels Cross Agent Purple Location

Parallels Cross Agent Purple Location

  • Examine the white wash cabinet straight ahead. Collect the Dirty Chemical Glass in the sink and the Mirror hanging above.
  • Exit through the door on the right.

 

Chapter 4: The Farm

As you make your way through the mysterious campus and mansion, you find yourself in an outdoor farm area.

 

Farm Road

  • Click on the Shovel propped up against the fence on the right to add it to your inventory.
  • Enter the Barn down the path on the left.

Barn

  • Click on the Hook sitting on the table on the right to add it to your inventory.
  • Head down through the basement doors straight ahead.

Barn Basement

  • Click on the light switch at the top of the steps on the upper right.
  • Examine the left foot of the desk straight ahead. Collect the Match and the Bootlace.
  • Take a closer look inside the fridge on the left. Open it, then collect the Can
  • Zoom in on the toolbox on the left next to the fridge. Collect the Crowbar and the Large Battery.
  • Examine the crate beneath the steps on the right. Use the Crowbar to pry it open, then click on the Compactor inside to add it to your inventory.
  • Zoom in on the bottom corner of the red carpet. Click on the Slide to add it to your inventory. Lift the corner of the rug to further uncover the Key.
  • Zoom in on the desk drawer and use the Key to open it. Collect the Volatium Book (4) and the Can Opener A note inside the top portion of the drawer will offer a vital clue as to what you should do next. Fortunately, we cover those steps, too!
  • Combine the Can Opener and the Can in your inventory to acquire the Empty Can.
  • Examine the metal drum beneath the table on the left. Place the Empty Can beneath the faucet, then click on the faucet to acquire the Can Filled With Oil.
  • Combine the Can Filled With Oil with the Bootlace in your inventory to receive the Can With Fuse.
  • Combine the Can With Fuse with the Compactor in your inventory to acquire the Explosion Can.
  • Place the Explosion Can at the top of the basement steps. Light the fuse with the Match to make your escape!
  • Head back to the Farm Road.

Farm Road

  • Head down the path on the right to the Stables.

Stables

  • Examine the rear stall. It has a special latch. Move the latch gradually to the right. Alter the pin on the left so that the latch can continue being moved to the right. The path and way in which the latch must be moved is shown below.
Parallels Cross Stable Latch

Parallels Cross Stable Latch

  • Once complete, take a closer look inside the stall. Click on the Engraved Plate (2) on the shelf on the left and the Hoe at the back of the stall to add them to your inventory.
  • Combine the Hoe and the Mirror in your inventory to acquire the Hoe and Mirror.
  • Combine the Hoe and Mirror with the Duct Tape to acquire the Hoe With Mirror Attached.
  • Return to the Library.

Library

  • Examine the pedestal on the right and collect the Rope
  • Combine the Rope and the Hook in your inventory to order to obtain the Rope With Hook.
  • Make your way back to the Park Alley.

Park Alley

  • Examine the pile of leaves on the left and click to clear them away. Use the Shovel on the dirt here – you will need to do this twice – in order to uncover the Rune Plate.
  • Go to the Quay.

Quay

  • Use the Rope With Hook on the boat to pull it in. Take a closer look inside and collect the Control Panel.
  • Click on the Rope With Hook again to add it back to your inventory.
  • Head back to the Theory Class.

Theory Class

  • Take a closer look at the projector again. Insert the latest Slide from your inventory into the projector. Note the recipe for the Levitation Potion that appears.
  • Head to the Bathroom.

Bathroom

  • Take a closer look at the sink on the left. Turn on the faucet, then put the red-hot Engraved Plate beneath the water to cool it. The Engraved Plate will be returned to your inventory.
  • Place the Dirty Chemical Glass beneath the running water in the sink. Add the Liquid Soap, then collect the cleaned Chemical Glass.
  • Return to the Practice Class.

Practice Class

  • Take a closer look at the lab table in the rear left corner of the room. Place the Chemical Glass onto the stand on the right. Place Agent Purple beneath the spiral tube on the far left. Add the L15 Substance to the left of the Chemical Glass, and the LN2 Liquid Nitrogen to the stand just right of Agent Purple.
  • There’s one more step to complete here, but for now, head to the Boilers.

Boilers

  • Examine the box containing the pressure gauges toward the left. Use the Crowbar to pry off the lower right compartment panel, revealing the Engraved Plate (3).
  • Return to Girls’ Room I.

Girls’ Room I

  • Examine the desk in the rear left corner. Place each Engraved Plate x3 onto the pad of paper. Click on the pad to fold the paper over top, then use the Pencil to etch out the design.
  • Once finished, examine the finished design. The result will be added to your journal.
  • Head back to the Stones area.

Stones

  • Examine the tree design etched in the stone ahead. Insert the Rune Plate on the lower right.
  • Click on the runes to change their designs so that they match the pattern shown in your journal. The solution is shown below.
Parallels Cross Tree Rune Puzzle Solution

Parallels Cross Tree Rune Puzzle Solution

  • Once finished, a secret door will open in the rock face. Enter through to the next area.

 

Chapter 5: The Observatory

With a new hidden passage uncovered, the mystery only seems to deepen. What secrets lie hidden in the Cave Chambers?

 

Chamber I

  • Collect the final Volatium Book (5) sitting on top of the console on the right.
  • Examine the gap in the glass floor near the bottom of the screen. Insert the Submarine Toy into the hole.
  • Zoom in on the console screen on the right. Place the Control Panel into the slot on the left to trigger a puzzle.
  • Navigate each submarine through their respective maze. The control arrow buttons you click on the left will control both submarines at once. In order to successfully navigate the maze, press the following buttons in the following sequence: Right x4, Up x2, Left, Up x2, Right, Up, Left, Up, Left x3, Up x2, Right x2, Up x2, Left, Up x2, Left, Down x4, Right, Down, Left, Down, Right, Down, Left, Down, Left, Up x8, Left, Up x2, Right, Down, Right, Up.
Parallels Cross Submarine Maze

Parallels Cross Submarine Maze

  • Upon completing the puzzle, the next set of doors will open. Proceed through to the next area.

Chamber II

  • You’ll need the Levitation Potion before you can continue further.
  • Return to the Dining Hall.

Dining Hall

  • Examine the fireplace at the back of the room. Place the Salver over the coals, then add all five volumes of Volatium Books x5.
  • Set the books ablaze with the Lighter and collect the resulting Volatium to add it to your inventory.
  • Return to the Practice Class.

Practice Class

  • Examine the chemistry table in the back corner of the room again. Place the Volatium into the Glass Cylinder on the right. Then, click on each of the red nozzles holding in their respective mixtures so that the colored mixtures move into the center tubes, initiating a puzzle.
  • Mix the four components in the correct proportions. Click on a red nozzle at the bottom of a tube and hold in order to drain the colored liquid. The solution is shown below.
Parallels Cross Levitation Potion Solution

Parallels Cross Levitation Potion Solution

  • Upon completing the puzzle, click on the Levitation Potion to add it to your inventory.
  • Return to Chamber II.

Chamber II

  • Use the Levitation Potion on the center mechanism.
  • The door to the next chamber will open. Before you proceed through, return to the Lab.

Lab

  • Examine the machine at the rear left corner of the room. Place the Large Battery into the slot and click on the lever so that the power displays as Battery and the generator displays as Off.
  • Back in the main portion of the room, use the Rack On Wheels on the console to acquire the Field Transformer.
  • Return to the Greenhouse.

Greenhouse

  • Exit through the door on the left.

Forest

  • Continue forward down the path.

Observatory Entrance

  • Notice the green rift blocking your path. Place the Field Transformer in front of the rift.
  • Take a closer look at the transformer console. Click on the lever to turn the generator Off.
  • The green rift will disappear. Continue up the steps to the Observatory door.
  • Examine the keypad to the right of the doors. Input the code 21285063 to gain access.
Parallels Cross Observatory Door Code

Parallels Cross Observatory Door Code

  • Enter the Observatory.

Observatory

  • Take a closer look at the control cabin on the upper right – it’s Jake! But he can’t seem to hear you.
  • Collect the Xylophone Planks (2) tucked into the guardrail of the steps on the right.
  • Head back to Chamber III.

Chamber III

  • Examine the xylophone. Place the Xylophone Planks x2 into their slots on either side of the xylophone.
  • Click on the xylophone keys in the correct order to solve the puzzle. The keys you need to click on are 12, 2, 17, 5, and 8. Click on them in the number sequence shown below to complete the task.
Parallels Cross Xylophone Puzzle Sequence

Parallels Cross Xylophone Puzzle Sequence

  • Upon completing the puzzle, the next door will open. Proceed through to the next chamber.

Chamber IV

  • Take a closer look at the number console straight ahead. Clicking on a number will make the statue on the other side of the bars reveal the number of fingers they were hiding behind their back. In order to solve the puzzle and guess the correct number, use the Hoe With Mirror Attached on the statue to reveal the number of fingers it’s hiding behind its back. Press the corresponding number to solve the puzzle.
  • Continue to the right and into the next chamber.

Final Chamber

  • Examine the blue screen ahead. Click and hold the arrow on the bar and slide it to the right to unlock the console.
  • Read the directions and select “Go for it”.
  • The first puzzle requires you to light all the hexagons. Each time you select a hexagon, you will need to select a space next to it to fill it in. The goal is to fill in all the hexagons. The hexagons you should select, and the paths you should click to solve the puzzle are shown below.
Parallels Cross Chamber 5 Hexagon Puzzle

Parallels Cross Chamber 5 Hexagon Puzzle

  • Once the puzzle is shown, you will be invited to participate in another puzzle. Click “Go for it”.
  • The goal of this puzzle is to move the red polygon figure to the target location by clicking the buttons on the lower right to manipulate the 3D puzzle. Using the screenshot below as reference, click on the target icons to move the polygon to the next location. Press the buttons in the following order as necessary, when it’s necessary for you to rotate the puzzle or change its orientation: C x2, B, A, C x3.
Parallels Cross 3D Figure Puzzle Solution

Parallels Cross 3D Figure Puzzle Solution

  • Upon completing the puzzle, follow the prompts on screen until you reach the button “Open it”.
  • Input the correct code to open the machine. The code is 270, in reference to Experiment #270 as mentioned in the Lab.
  • Speak with the boy that appears.
  • Proceed through the door on the right.

Observatory

  • Talk to Jake, then watch the cutscene that follows…

 

Congratulations! You’ve completed the Parallels Cross walkthrough!

 

Be sure to visit our blog for more great tips and tricks!

 

The Parallels Cross walkthrough is meant as a guide and does not contain cheats, hacks, or serials.

The post Parallels Cross Walkthrough appeared first on GameHouse.


How do you update your video/graphics card driver?

$
0
0

Your video/graphics card driver plays a very important role in the functioning of games and videos. Keeping it updated will avoid problems and improve the performance of your computer.

Here’s how to easily update your video/graphics card driver:

Windows XP:

1. Go to START – RUN.
2. Type devmgmt.msc and click OK. A new window opens.
3. Double click on DISPLAY ADAPTERS
4. Right click on the display adapter mentioned – if there are multiple display adapters, right click the upper display adapter – and choose UPDATE DRIVER.
5. A new window opens: the Hardware Wizard. Follow the steps in the Hardware Wizard, choose all the automatically selected options.

The following message can appear: “Cannot Continue the Hardware Update Wizard: The wizard could not find a better match for your hardware than the software you currently have installed.” This means there are no available updates.

Windows Vista/7/8:

1. Go to START and click on the search bar underneath ALL PROGRAMS
2. Type devmgmt.msc and ENTER
3. A new window, the Device Manager, opens. You may have to click on CONTINUE first.
4. Double click on Display Adapters
5. Right click on the display adapter mentioned – if there are multiple display adapters, right click the upper display adapter – and choose UPDATE DRIVER SOFTWARE.
6. Click SEARCH AUTOMATICALLY FOR UPDATED DRIVER SOFTWARE.
7. In most cases Windows starts looking for updates immediately, in some cases you have to choose to look for updates ONLINE first. After this, Windows will start looking for updates.
8. If there are any updates, please install them.

The following message can appear: “The best driver software for your device is already installed. Windows has determined the driver software for your device is up to date.” This means there are no available updates.

 

And that’s it! Now you can play with no worries!

The post How do you update your video/graphics card driver? appeared first on GameHouse.

Solitaire Beach Season Walkthrough

$
0
0

Visit twelve exotic beachside locations around the world without boarding an airplane or forming any security lines. Solitaire Beach Season is an electronic card game that matches the rules and instructions of the traditional card game solitaire with the convenience of automatic game set-up and play. Sit back, relax, and embark on a beachside vacation journey to chase away the wintertime blues! Make sure to turn the sound on and raise the volume – during game play listen to the perky soundtrack featuring the bright sounds of steel drums to completely go to the ocean.

Contents

Main Menu

Solitaire Beach Season contains 120 unique Beach themed game levels among 12 distinct tropical location getaway destinations, including Bali, Hawaii, and the Caribbean Islands to name a few. There are two form of game play: Classic and Unconventional and two game modes: Tourist and Traveler.

In Tourist mode any game level among the 120 levels can be played in order or out of order.

In Traveler mode the game levels can only be played in sequence and replayed in the order presented in the game play mode.

Solitaire Beach Season - GameMode

Solitaire Beach Season – GameMode

TIPS AND TRICKS

Levels are unlocked by collecting trophies.

The card or puzzle combinations become more difficult to solve as the player progresses through the 120 game levels.

Solitaire Beach Season Walkthrough

Classic Game play Mode – Rules and Game play Instructions

Solitaire Beach Season is a one player electronic card game that utilized a 52 playing card deck.

Playing Card Deck

Each deck that appears in the levels contains 52 playing cards with 13 Ranks of each of the 4 Suits in two colors: red or black.

  • The 13 Ranks are: A, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, J, Q, and K.
  • The 4 Suits are: Clubs (), Diamonds (), Hearts () and Spades ().
  • The two playing card deck face colors are Red and Black.
  • The Diamonds () and Hearts () are Red.
  • The Clubs () and Spades () are Black.

Reserve and Waste Spaces

Each of the game levels contains a stack of playing cards that are placed faced down and not visible to the player. This is called the Reserve space. The Reserve space is accessed when no further moves are available to the player and may contain a card that can be utilized during play to keep the game progression going.

The Waste spaces are two blank boxes next to the Reserve space that allows the player to place any visible card in the space in an effort to solve the game level. Up to two cards can be held and the space only becomes available when the cards held in the waste area are played.

Classic Game play Mode Objective

The objective of the classic game play mode in Solitaire Beach Season game is to clear each of the 13 ranks until the entire playing cards on the tableau or Beach themed layout are visible, revealed, or turned over.

Solitaire Beach Season - 1

Solitaire Beach Season – 1

Hint:

Playing cards are turned over by clicking on the selected playing card with the pointing device (i.e. mouse, stylus or finger).

How to Play Classic Solitaire Beach Season

When each of the 120 game play levels begins, the 52 playing cards are arranged on a tableau or Beach themed layout. The Ranks are arranged in a variety shapes throughout the tableau. Some are organized in rows, columns, or circles and so forth. At least one playing card in the shape grouping is revealed, turned over, or visible to the player. The other playing cards are face down and hidden from view within the grouping. The remainder of the playing cards are stacked together in a Reserve column contained at the bottom of the screen. Beside the Reserve column and two open Waste spaces.

The revealed playing cards are removed from the tableau by selecting and clicking on ranks in order (A, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, J, Q, K). The hidden playing cards are accessed by clicking on the desired playing card with a pointing device once the playing card on top of it has been removed or eliminated from play.

Tips and Tricks:

The color of the playing card suit is not important. Focus on the rank and clear them in ascending order.

Access playing cards in the Reserve column when the player runs out of moves to make with the visible cards.

Place revealed cards in the Waste space to uncover up to two hidden playing cards. Waste spaces become available once the playing card is selected and cleared.

Hints:

Some of the revealed playing cards are highlighted in gold. Make sure you clear those playing cards. See the Rewards section below contains a more detailed explanation on how to collect the gold cards, what they are, and how to use them.

At the end of each level, the player is provided with stats on her performance. Among the stats complied are: special cards or Rewards found; current score; and top score. The player is also given the option to continue onto the next level, replay the previous level, or track game progression through the levels. Keep in mind that the player must clear or successfully complete the 120 levels to complete the game. As the player progresses through the game, the Beach themed levels become more difficult to solve.

Solitaire Beach Season - 2

Solitaire Beach Season – 2

Unconventional Game play Mode – Rules and Instructions

The Unconventional play mode rules and game play instructions are similar to the Classic mode’s rules and gameplay instructions. Click here or scroll up for game play objective or here for rules and instructions.

Tips and Tricks:

Trophies are earned when the level is cleared. After a certain amount of Trophies are accumulated, the Trophies are used to unlock a new location.

Games become more difficult as the player moves through the levels.

Solitaire Beach Season - Trophies

Solitaire Beach Season – Trophies

Hints:

The player is able to advance to the next Beach themed level faster because a special multiplier is included in this game play mode that clears Ranks in pairings across all Suits increasing overall score and rewards.

Rewards

Both the Classic and Unconventional game play modes permit players to collect Rewards. The Rewards appear in the game as Golden playing cards. When the player clears the tableau she collects the Golden playing cards and then the player is able to purchase Mulligan, Shuffle, and Joker Rewards. Each of these Rewards enable the player to essentially cheat during game play and keep the momentum going as Ranks and Suits are cleared.

  • The Joker Reward permits the player to complete the clearing Rank sequence by providing the missing number to clear the Suit. For example, during game play the 3, 5, and Joker playing cards are exposed. The Joker Reward can be used in place of the 4 to complete the number sequence and clear the tableau.
  • The Shuffle Reward permits the player to reshuffle all the playing cards by hiding visible playing cards and revealing hidden playing cards. The goal of this Reward is to keep the game momentum going enabling the player to clear the level faster and collect more points.
  • The Mulligan Reward allows the player to undo her last move and restore the tableau to the view it had prior to making the move the player now wants to undo.
Solitaire Beach Season - Tourist

Solitaire Beach Season – Tourist

To recap, Solitaire – Beach Season contains 120 unique Beach themed game levels across 12 locations. Play in Classic or Unconventional game play modes paying attention to the clearing or collection of pairs to gain the maximum amount of points. Use Rewards to purchase Mulligan, Shuffle, and Joker cheats that permit the player to clear the game level faster. As the player completes level, trophies are unlocked that provide access to new locations. Pay attention to the gold cards, collect them all to receive the maximum level of Rewards purchases. Lastly, in addition to the visual delight of the Beach themed levels and locations turn on the music, tap your feet. A holiday adventure is before you – Bon Voyage!

 

 For more great tips and tricks, visit our blog!

 

 

The Solitaire Beach Season Walkthrough Gameplay Guide is meant as a guide and does not contain cheats, hacks, or serials.

 

The post Solitaire Beach Season Walkthrough appeared first on GameHouse.

Shadow Wolf Mysteries – Cursed Wedding Walkthrough

$
0
0

In the middle of Paris, the Shadow Wolf Mysteries – Cursed Wedding is about to take place! As you arrive, you realize that you are in the middle of a mystery, and a dangerous one at that. With a wedding in the air, you will find nothing but adventure and mystery in this fun packed game. Not to mention, you will also get to find out what an ancient werewolf that is hungry for revenge is capable of.

Contents

General Tips & Tricks

In this walkthrough, you will be able to find out all the tricks and fun ways to play Shadow Wulf Mysteries: Cursed Wedding. If you are playing the Collector’s Edition, you will actually be able to access extras to the regular game play. In this game, you will find a variety of different puzzles and hidden object scenes to keep you busy for hours.

 

Tips and Tricks
Tip #1 – During any mini-game or puzzle, you can choose to skip it if you for some reason do not understand or wish to play it. You can also reset set puzzles if you feel you need to after messing up any given attempt.

Tip #2 – If you find yourself in need of a hint, you can use them in both quest scenes and hidden object scenes. As soon as you start one of these two types of scenes, the hint bar will begin filling up. A hint will become available after the bar is filled.

Tip #3 – Items that are used will only disappear from your inventory when they are not needed any longer. Some items will actually be used more than once.

Shadow Wolf Mysteries – Cursed Wedding Walkthrough

Chapter 1: Veronica’s Mansion

Read the note and pick it up along with the stone claw. Zoom into the niche in order to get the puzzle part after moving the banner. To unlock the gate, you will need to place the puzzle part on the gate’s lock. Step through the door. Speak to the gardener. Take the wreath and 1/3 number wheels from the steps. Get the handle from the ground. On the door, use the wreath. Fix the door with the handle to be able to step through it.

Shadow Wolf Mysteries - Cursed Wedding - Lock

Shadow Wolf Mysteries – Cursed Wedding – Lock

Get the gold louis from Veronica. Get the broken earing from under the chair. Get the curtain buckle from the couch. Looking at the railing, get the stone claw. Use the 2 stone claws to finish the statue’s paw which will give you the medallion. Head to the Mansion. Hand the medallion to Veronica. Head to the library on the left. Speak with Mr. Smith. Get the tuning form. Pick up the magnifying glass. Play the first hidden object scene.

Shadow Wolf Mysteries - Cursed Wedding - HOS Chapter 1

Shadow Wolf Mysteries – Cursed Wedding – HOS Chapter 1

Get the castle form the book. Get the beard from the bust. Get the gondola from the gondolier. This will give you the swallow figurine. Put the swallow figurine in the box that can be found on the table to activate a puzzle. Get a ball of yarn and peacock feather. Hand it to the cats. Head upstairs. Finally, place the buckle on the curtain. Give the bird the broken earring to get the firefly. On the helmet, use the tuning fork, then place the firefly into the helmet to get the handle.

Shadow Wolf Mysteries - Cursed Wedding - Puzzle Chapter 1

Shadow Wolf Mysteries – Cursed Wedding – Puzzle Chapter 1

Go through the door after putting the handle on it. Speak with Veronica. Get the veil and the envelope form the bed. On the box, you should use the peacock feather on it for the next puzzle. Get the 2nd number wheel, broken mirror, and note.

Shadow Wolf Mysteries - Cursed Wedding - Peacock Feather

Shadow Wolf Mysteries – Cursed Wedding – Peacock Feather

Active a puzzle by putting the veil on the screen after passing through the door that is found on the left. Get the Pythagoras head for completion.

Shadow Wolf Mysteries - Cursed Wedding - Mannequins

Shadow Wolf Mysteries – Cursed Wedding – Mannequins

Head downwards to see the wulf before going to the bedroom. Pet the wulf to make it leave. Get the hammer. Head to the library. Here you will find the next hidden object scene.

Receive the note. Get the judge from the gavel. Get the panda from the quill. Receive the 3rd number wheel.

Chapter 2: Into The Weapon’s Shop

Put the Pythagoras head on the bookshelf scene for a puzzle. Step into the door on the right. Get the envelope from the desk. Use the letter opener to open the letter. Get the handkerchief and the note. Use the handkerchief to clear the statue’s base, and get the code from it with the magnifying glass. Click on the box and place the 3 number wheels on it and put in the code “917”. Get the wulf head half. Remove the nails from the tapestry with the hammer. Go through the door.

Shadow Wolf Mysteries - Cursed Wedding - Pythagoras Head

Shadow Wolf Mysteries – Cursed Wedding – Pythagoras Head

Get the wulf head half and the 2nd mosaic piece from the table. Put the two wolf head halves in the slot on the gate. Head through it. Get the button from the gate. Get the note from the signpost. Head to the Funicular Station. Get the glove from the railing. Get the note and bulb from the board. Put the bulb in the lamppost. Head to the boutique. Get the 1st medallion. Get the 2nd mosaic piece from the hat box. Get the cigar from inside the tuxedo jacket. Use the button on the box to activate a puzzle.

Shadow Wolf Mysteries - Cursed Wedding - Buttons

Shadow Wolf Mysteries – Cursed Wedding – Buttons

Get the sewing pin. To unlock the puzzle, place the 2 mosaic pieces in the fountain. Get the glass eyes. Pop the balloons with a sewing pin. Get the note and the pin. Open the left door.

Shadow Wolf Mysteries - Cursed Wedding - Sewing Pin

Shadow Wolf Mysteries – Cursed Wedding – Sewing Pin

Head through it. Speak with Mr. Banks. Put the cigar into the cigar box for the next puzzle. Get the dart and the sling.

Shadow Wolf Mysteries - Cursed Wedding - Cigar

Shadow Wolf Mysteries – Cursed Wedding – Cigar

Use the dart on the door hold for a puzzle. Head into Mr. Banks’ office. Speak with Mr. Banks. Play the next hidden object scene.

Shadow Wolf Mysteries - Cursed Wedding - Darts

Shadow Wolf Mysteries – Cursed Wedding – Darts

Get the duck from the lamp. Get the flag from the gun. Get the scheme. Get the steel sheet. Use the pin to unlock the drawer. Get the gun from the drawer. Use it to break the glass case. To retrieve the piece of sword, use the glove. Use the sword piece in its slot to activate a puzzle. After finishing the puzzle, go through the open door.

Shadow Wolf Mysteries - Cursed Wedding - Swords

Shadow Wolf Mysteries – Cursed Wedding – Swords

Chapter 3: The Basement

Get the metal shears from the drawer. Pull the sheets back on the bed to get the note. Construct a loaded slingshot. Walk through right door. Get the top hat from the armoire. Get the razor and the note. Get the ramrod by using the razor to cut the rope. Put the ramrod in the bear’s mouth to get the grinding wheel. Put the metal shears, steel sheet, and scheme on the table. On the machine, use the grinding wheel. Cut the steel sheet by using the metal shears. After this, turn the handle. To get the shield, put the metail cut out on the grinding wheel.

To activate the next puzzle, look at the cabinet and place the shield on it. Get the trap part. Step through the door on the left. Fix the bear trap with the trap part to get the spring. Head down 3 times and then forward. Hit the boot with the loaded slingshot. Get the diamond brooch. Head to the weapons shop’s office. Use the spring on the lock. Fix the stuffed wulf by using the glass eye. Get the flower knife. Play the next hidden object scene.

Get the bullet from the gun. Get the powder from the can. Get the nunchucks. Head into the jewelry shop. Speak with the owner. Activate the next puzzle by looking at the glass case. To get the silver ECU, give the gold touis to the owner. Put the tassel on the lamp, and collect it. Go into the flower shop.

Chapter 4: Flower Shop

Get the sunflower by cutting it with the flower knife. To unlock the next puzzle, the sunflower needs to be put on the table. Get the seam ripper. Head to boutique. In order to receive the mannequin’s hand, you will have to rip the dress’s sleeve with the seam ripper. Head to the fountain. You need to touch the mannequin hand with the paper that is inside the fountain’s water. Get the wet note and the 2nd medallion. Head to the fireplace room.

Shadow Wolf Mysteries - Cursed Wedding - Flowers

Shadow Wolf Mysteries – Cursed Wedding – Flowers

Get the bouquet design after putting the wet note from the fireplace. Go to the flower shop. Looking at the table, click on the bouquet design. Put the basket on the table. Fix up the bouquet. Click the booth. Take the Chinese plater by connect the cord to the tassel. Go into the restaurant. Speak with Claude. Get the Mahjong tile simply by hanging the nun chucks onto the weight. Use the Mahjong tile on the board to start a puzzle.

Get the sugar, and head to the restaurant’s kitchen. Place the sugar and the Chinese plate on the table to start the next hidden object scene.

Get the flour from the breadbox. Get the almond oil, eggs, and vanilla beans. Get the pitcher. Put all four into the bowl. Get the grease. Grab the sugar, knife, and whisk. Use the bowl to be able to whisk the sugar. While using the knife, cut the grease on the Chinese plate to get a grease part. Use it to grease the cookie sheet. After getting the spoon and the note, use the spoon to place some dough onto the cookie sheet. Get a cookie.

Give Claude the cookie. Head to the jewelry shop. Cut the glass case with the diamond broach to get the fan. Head into the bath outside the restaurant. Use the fan to get rid of the smoke. Grab items you can interact with. Get the magnet. Get the belt. Tip the bucket after using the belt on it. Get the duck. Put the bubble bath into the tub to get foam. Get the scoop by using the magnet. Use the rag to get the heart from the mirror. Get the scoop. Put the top hat down by the tree. Get the snails, and then, the hat with the snails will be available to grab.

Chapter 5: The Chapel

Head to the fireplace. Put the hat with snails into the fish take to get the chisel. Get the lock pick by using the chisel on the brick at the signpost. Head to the jewelry shop. Get the ring from the cabinet after unlocking it with the lock pick. Go to the restaurant. Combine the bouquet and ring to get the leaky umbrella. Head to the bath. Use the fan to be able to find the items for the hidden object scene.

Get the board. To get the jack, use the board on the niche. Get the firewood and the poker. Put the firewood in the stove. Then use the poker in order to get the coal. Get the snowflake. Collect the jack. Use the jack on the wheel to get the organ key. Claude will open the gate. Head to the Chapel. Get the 3rd medallion from the skeleton. Activate the puzzle that can be found on the left. Get the 1st rune medallion. Head to the right.

Get the wire from the bench. Get the shovel inside the right building. Get the leaky umbrella. Get the 2nd rune medallion from the floorboard. Head to the zoo. Here you will find the next hidden object scene.

Get the dog. Collect the chameleon. This will give you the 2nd organ key. Use the shovel on the ground. Get the 3rd rune medallion and jaw from inside the skull’s jaw. Put the jaw on the right door for a puzzle. Get the 4th rune medallion from the flowers. Get the saw. Collect the hook that can be found at the bottom of the table. View the message on the wing: “Banks is the killer.” Head to the Chapel.

Shadow Wolf Mysteries - Cursed Wedding - Jaws

Shadow Wolf Mysteries – Cursed Wedding – Jaws

Place all of the rune medallions on the right door to activate a puzzle. After completing it, go through the door. Get the jug. Get the photo from inside the book. Get the wulf ring part from inside the box in the niche.

Shadow Wolf Mysteries - Cursed Wedding - Rune Medallions

Shadow Wolf Mysteries – Cursed Wedding – Rune Medallions

Chapter 6: The Zoo

Head to the bedroom. Get the pickaxe handle by using the hacksaw. Put the photo on the cabinet to activate a puzzle.

Shadow Wolf Mysteries - Cursed Wedding - Melody

Shadow Wolf Mysteries – Cursed Wedding – Melody

Get the brush. After looking at the lamppost, use the pickaxe handle with the axe head. Get the pickaxe after using the wire on the handle. Cut through the stone with the pickaxe at the bushes to get a valve. Head to the bedroom that is across from the zoo.

Fix the faucet with the valve, and then turn it on in the sink. Get the ring part by using the hook into the faucet. Using the sink, fill up the jug, which gives you the jug with water. Use the brush inside of the glue jar on the table. Place the ring part and the wulf ring part down on the table. Collect the werewolf ring. Head to the Chapel. Put the werewolf ring down within the niche on the shelf to collect the 4th medallion.

In order to activate the next puzzle, insert the 4 medallions into the slots on the podium. Get the hammer and the silver nitrate. Collect the organ button by using the hammer on the edge at the pew. The jug with water needs to be put in the trough to get the pry bar. To get the music roll, use the pry bar in order to open the coffin. Head to the Chapel. After clicking on the organ, you will place the organ buton, the music roll, and the 2 organ keys onto the organ in their appropriate places. Get the pliers and the chest. Head back to the zoo. Here, you will find the next hidden object scene.

Shadow Wolf Mysteries - Cursed Wedding - Chapter 6 Puzzle

Shadow Wolf Mysteries – Cursed Wedding – Chapter 6 Puzzle

After completing the scene, get the bird from the opened flower. Then, get the scarecrow from the hay. After completing this, you will receive the Liana. Using the pliers, remove the chain from around the elephant’s foot. After doing this, you will need to go through the hole that is actually located in the wall.

Chapter 7: The Finale

Get the cotton candy. Use the Liana on the flags after zooming in on them. Get the flag from the flags placed on the ground. Get the glass shard after using the flag and connecting it to the shard after looking at the bulletin board. Head into the saloon located on the right. Speak with the performer. Collect the stick from the piano. In the cup, you need to put the cotton candy in it on the table in order to get the spring.

After clicking on the picture, you’ll start a puzzle. Get the bonnet after completing the puzzle. Get the tweezers from inside the pond. Head through the arch. Here you will see the next hidden object scene.

Shadow Wolf Mysteries - Cursed Wedding - Chapter 7 Puzzle

Shadow Wolf Mysteries – Cursed Wedding – Chapter 7 Puzzle

Click the plate to get the sun. Click on the crab in order to get the pearl. After doing this, you will receive the ladder. Use the ladder to get up to the nest and click on it. Get the pruners after putting the bonnet onto the nest. To get the pedal, use the pruners on the bush. To get the peanuts, you should cut the peanut bag with the glass shard. Head into the photo studio.

Place the silver nitrate on the tray, in the vise, put the spring in it, and then, place the broken mirror on the tray. To get the mirror, pick up the broken mirror with the tweezers. On the screen, use the stick to get Saturn. Give the elephant the peanuts. Get Mars from inside the fountain. Play the hidden object scene through the arch.

To get the butterfly, click the bells. Get the ring from inside the box. Receive Jupiter. Head down towards the Saloon and go inside. Give the performer the chest. Zoom into the chest that is on the table. Use Mars, Saturn, and Jupiter on the box in order to unlock the next puzzle. Get the handle from completing it, and you will also receive the 2nd silver ECU. Head through the arch.

Shadow Wolf Mysteries - Cursed Wedding - Planets

Shadow Wolf Mysteries – Cursed Wedding – Planets

In order to get Claude to appear, put the pedal onto the bicycle. Speak with Claude. Put the handle on the door in order to be able to go through it. After this go through the next two left doors. Get the rifle by giving Mr. Banks the 2 silver ECUs. Upon entering the left door, you will realize that the mirror and rifle were both used after going through it.

Congratulations! You have completed the Shadow Wolf Mysteries – Cursed Wedding mystery game! Do not forget to come back and join all of your favorite characters again and again to re-experience the journey!

 

For more great tips and tricks, visit our blog!

 

 

The Shadow Wolf Mysteries – Cursed Wedding Walkthrough is meant as a guide and does not contain cheats, hacks, or serials.

 

The post Shadow Wolf Mysteries – Cursed Wedding Walkthrough appeared first on GameHouse.

Clutter III – Who is the Void? Walkthrough

$
0
0

Clutter III – Who is the Void? is a fascinating game that takes you on a quest to find out who the mysterious Void is. In order to learn the truth, you will have to solve a variety of puzzles. Get ready to sort through extreme messes, play matching games, train your memory, put together picture puzzles and many more. The walkthrough will take you through every level and every puzzle so that you can learn the true identity of the Void.

Contents

General Tips & Tricks

– To adjust settings, click on Options in the main menu. Here you have a variety of settings that can be changed, such as sounds, screen size and level of difficulty. You can also turn various game features on and off.

Clutter III - Who is the Void - Options

Clutter III – Who is the Void – Options

– The main quest of the game is the one for the Void.
– There are additional quests to be completed. These are accessed from the Main Menu.
– The individual types of games, such as Clutter Quest or Memory Madness, can also be accessed directly from the Main Menu. These will be unlocked after completing the first few levels of the Void Quest.
– There are two Game Modes. Timed is more challenging and you have to finish before time runs out. Relaxed mode has no time limits.
– In the upper right part of the screen when playing a level you will have the options to pause the game, restart the game or skip that game. Not all games can be skipped.
– Clicking on the Question Mark at the top of the screen in a game will give you a hint. You can see how many you have available by the number next to it.
– Collect the Coins and the Letters in the clutter levels. These give you a point bonus in the end.
– Coins have to be collected to earn hints. Every five Coins is one hint. If hints are not used in a level and left over, they will accumulate and be available in the next clutter round.
– If you fail a timed level, the hints earned and not used will remain for the next try. If a level is extremely hard, you can keep collecting Coins and save up for a lot of hints.
– For timed levels, the timer will only start when you click on your first object. Try finding a few pairs before clicking to save time and increase the chance of successfully completing the level in the given time.
– In clutter games, puzzle pieces also have to be collected.
– If you want to score bonus points, you can make matches quickly. This is best done if you scan the clutter for a few matches before clicking on any of them.
– You can see your progress on the Main Menu. As you finish a level, you will see a light show up on the grid.

Clutter III – Who is the Void? Walkthrough

Level 1 – 10

Clutter III - Who is the Void - Void Quest

Clutter III – Who is the Void – Void Quest

Level 1

– In this level you will have to find Matching Pairs in the pile of clutter. You have to find 40 pairs of matching items to complete the level.
– In the pile you will find Coins and Letters. Click on them once to remove them. Once you have collected five Coins, you will receive one hint. The Letters will spell out something.

Clutter III - Who is the Void - Void Quest game 1

Clutter III – Who is the Void – Void Quest game 1

Level 2

– For this level, Void Blocker Discs have also been added to the clutter. Five objects will be shown at the top of the screen and once you find those, two of the blocker discs will be removed and the remaining ones will shrink in size.
– Find Matching Pairs in the pile of clutter. A total of 40 pairs has to be found to beat the level.

Clutter III - Who is the Void - Void Quest game 2

Clutter III – Who is the Void – Void Quest game 2

Level 3

– Play SudoTris. Arrange numbers so that they do not repeat in rows, columns or boxes.
– Numbers on Tetris pieces have to match numbers already on the grid.
– When in their correct place, the numbers will blink.

Clutter III - Who is the Void - Void Quest game 3

Clutter III – Who is the Void – Void Quest game 3

Level 4

– Find Matching Pairs in the pile of clutter. Find 30 pairs of matching items.
– This level you can choose to focus on the five objects in the list at the top of the screen or make any matches.

Clutter III - Who is the Void - Void Quest game 4

Clutter III – Who is the Void – Void Quest game 4

– Solve the Puzzle mini-game. Pieces have different edge coloring. Place the pieces with the same coloring together and then in their respective corners.
– It is best to sort the pieces by their edge color first as it will make it easier to put the pieces together.

Clutter III - Who is the Void - Puzzle 1

Clutter III – Who is the Void – Puzzle 1

Level 5

– Click on the Objects in the pile of clutter that match the objects shown at the bottom of the screen.

Clutter III - Who is the Void - Void Quest game 5

Clutter III – Who is the Void – Void Quest game 5

Level 6

– Find 40 Matching Pairs in the clutter.

Clutter III - Who is the Void - Void Quest game 6

Clutter III – Who is the Void – Void Quest game 6

Level 7

– Turn off all the Lights to beat this level.
– If a Light is off, you can still click on it.

Clutter III - Who is the Void - Void Quest game 7

Clutter III – Who is the Void – Void Quest game 7

Level 8

– Find 35 Matching Pairs in the pile.

Clutter III - Who is the Void - Void Quest game 8

Clutter III – Who is the Void – Void Quest game 8

– Solve the Puzzle mini-game. Pieces have different edge coloring. Place the pieces with the same coloring together and then in their respective squares.
– It is best to sort the pieces by their edge color first as it will make it easier to put the pieces together.

Clutter III - Who is the Void - Puzzle 2

Clutter III – Who is the Void – Puzzle 2

Level 9

– Match the right and left sides of objects to remove them from the clutter. Make 30 Matches.

Clutter III - Who is the Void - Void Quest game 9

Clutter III – Who is the Void – Void Quest game 9

Level 10

– Find 30 Matching Pairs.
– Match the black and white objects with their colored counterparts.

Clutter III - Who is the Void - Void Quest game 10

Clutter III – Who is the Void – Void Quest game 10

 

Level 11 – 26

Level 11

– In this level, you will have to play Gapwar.
– Click on Colored Tiles and swap them until their sides match.

Clutter III - Who is the Void - Void Quest game 11

Clutter III – Who is the Void – Void Quest game 11

Level 12

– Find 30 Matching Pairs.
– An item will be shown on the treadmill at the bottom of the screen. You will have to find the matching item in the clutter before it goes away.

Clutter III - Who is the Void - Void Quest game 12

Clutter III – Who is the Void – Void Quest game 12

Level 13

– Find 40 Matching Pairs.
– Match the left and right sides of the objects.

Clutter III - Who is the Void - Void Quest game 13

Clutter III – Who is the Void – Void Quest game 13

Level 14

– Drag the Pool Balls to the squares on the board.
– Numbered Pool Balls have to match the ones already on the board.

Clutter III - Who is the Void - Void Quest game 14

Clutter III – Who is the Void – Void Quest game 14

Level 15

– Find 40 Matching Pairs.

Clutter III - Who is the Void - Void Quest game 15

Clutter III – Who is the Void – Void Quest game 15

Level 16

– Find 70 Matching Pairs.
– Match big objects with other big ones and the small objects with other small ones.

Clutter III - Who is the Void - Void Quest game 16

Clutter III – Who is the Void – Void Quest game 16

– Solve the Puzzle mini-game. Pieces have different edge coloring. Place the pieces with the same coloring together and then in their respective squares.
– It is best to sort the pieces by their edge color first as it will make it easier to put the pieces together.

Clutter III - Who is the Void - Puzzle 3

Clutter III – Who is the Void – Puzzle 3

Level 17

– Find 30 Matching Pairs.
– Match the black and white objects.

Clutter III - Who is the Void - Void Quest game 17

Clutter III – Who is the Void – Void Quest game 17

Level 18

– Find 30 Matching Pairs.
– Match the black and white objects with their colored counterparts.

Clutter III - Who is the Void - Void Quest game 18

Clutter III – Who is the Void – Void Quest game 18

Level 19

– In this level you will have to match Plates.
– Only the Plates at the end of a row can be matched. Once you have found five matches, they will be removed from the board.
– If you run out of moves, a message will pop up and let you know. You will then have to choose one of the options, such as reshuffle or restart the game.

Clutter III - Who is the Void - Void Quest game 19

Clutter III – Who is the Void – Void Quest game 19

Level 20

– Find 30 Matching Pairs.
– You will be shown shadowed objects at the bottom of the screen. Find the matching item in the clutter pile.
– The objects at the top needed to remove the Void Discs can only be matched if the shadowed card for that item shows up.

Clutter III - Who is the Void - Void Quest game 20

Clutter III – Who is the Void – Void Quest game 20

Level 21

– Find 30 Matching Objects to beat this game.
– In this game you will have to find three like objects for a match to be made and removed from the board.

Clutter III - Who is the Void - Void Quest game 21

Clutter III – Who is the Void – Void Quest game 21

Level 22

– This level you will play Memory Madness.
– As soon as you start the game, the tiles on the left side of the screen will be revealed. You have to memorize where they are on the board. On the right side a set of six objects will be shown.
– Find the Matching Objects in five seconds or lose. You have to choose the tiles on the board that correspond to the tiles on the right. If you get three wrong, you will lose the game and have to try again.

Clutter III - Who is the Void - Void Quest game 22

Clutter III – Who is the Void – Void Quest game 22

Level 23

– Find 55 Matching Objects to beat this game.
– In this level, for the first half of the game every time you find a matching pair a new pair of objects will be added to the clutter.

Clutter III - Who is the Void - Void Quest game 23

Clutter III – Who is the Void – Void Quest game 23

Level 24

– Find 58 Matching Pairs in this level.
– There are only the objects in this game. No Coins can be found to earn hints, but you can use hints that you have accumulated from previous levels.

Clutter III - Who is the Void - Void Quest game 24

Clutter III – Who is the Void – Void Quest game 24

– Solve the Puzzle mini-game. Pieces have different edge coloring. Place the pieces with the same coloring together and then in their respective squares.
– It is best to sort the pieces by their edge color first as it will make it easier to put the pieces together.
– These puzzle pieces can also be matched to the pieces already in place.

Clutter III - Who is the Void - Puzzle 4

Clutter III – Who is the Void – Puzzle 4

Level 25

– Find 30 Matching Pairs in this level.
– In this game there are three like objects. Your goal is to find all three and then, if possible, choose the bigger two of the three and match them together to remove them from the board.
– You can collect Coins in this level, but you are not allowed to use any hints this round.

Clutter III - Who is the Void - Void Quest game 25

Clutter III – Who is the Void – Void Quest game 25

Level 26

– Find 30 Matching Pairs in this level.
– In this game you will have to find the left and right side of each object to create a match and remove it from the board.

Clutter III - Who is the Void - Void Quest game 26

Clutter III – Who is the Void – Void Quest game 26

Congratulations! You have successfully reached the end of our ‘Clutter III – Who is the Void?’ walkthrough. If you were helped along by this guide, please go to our blog and check out some more.

 

For more great tips and tricks, visit our blog!

 

The Clutter III – Who is the Void? Walkthrough is meant as a guide and does not contain cheats, hacks or serials.

 

The post Clutter III – Who is the Void? Walkthrough appeared first on GameHouse.

Lost Amulets – Stone Garden Walkthrough

$
0
0

Lost Amulets – Stone Garden is a new spin on the popular computer puzzle game modeled after Mah Jong solitaire. In this vibrant, fresh, and relaxing game, players play Mah Jong solitaire with a twist in either relaxed or timed modes with the opportunity to acquire power-ups and golden tiles that enhance future play all with the stated objective of clearing the game board to solve a quest. In between levels, players are challenged with mini-games that amp up the gameplay pace.

Contents

The Quest

Lost Amulets – Stone Garden contains a quest for the player to complete that also follows the game’s storyline. Five elemental amulets have gone missing. Throughout gameplay the player is tasked with finding the missing elemental amulets – Wind, Wood, Water, Fire and Earth – which become available and collectable as the player progresses through the game. Once all five elemental amulets are found, harmony is restored to nature and the game’s quest successfully solved.

Main Menu

The Main Menu screen allows the player to customize the game to create an optimal playing environment. The key components of this game are enhanced audio and visual features. The music is an Asian-inspired theme that can be disabled in the game settings and helps set the mood of the game. The visual features offer customizable vibrant color displays with striking landscapes in exotic locations with enhanced game pieces that help the players see the tile pieces.

  • Sound setting
    The music theme of the game is inspired by Chinese music. Comforting and relaxing sounds help set the gameplay mood. Sound can be turned off or left on. Select the desired sound setting from the Main Menu.
  • Basic tutorial
    The Main Menu screen contains a button that when clicked leads to a basic tutorial course. The tutorial course helps familiarize players with the game rules and objectives, and provides a walkthrough of the game’s customization options. Complete the tutorial after reading this guide or to refresh your memory when working through the various game puzzle levels.
  • Choose a Tile Set
    Lost Amulets – Stone Garden contains six (6) vibrant and colorful game tile sets that are placed on the game board. There is one (1) traditional rectangular tile set similar to those found in Mah Jong solitaire games and five (5) new patterned round stone tile sets. The patterns for the round stones are flowers, animals, rainbow tiles, and number tiles or mixed tiles featuring all four patterns. The background color of the tiles can also be customized to make the tiles stand out and be more prominent and visible.
  • Select game play mode
    There are two (2) game play modes in the Lost Amulets – Stone Garden game: (1) Story Mode or (2) Zen Mah Jong Mode. Zen Mah Jong Mode is unlocked after completing several levels of Story Mode. In Story Mode there is an option to play the game in relaxed (untimed) or timed scenarios increasing the difficulty level of clearing the puzzles.

 

Lost Amulets – Stone Garden Walkthrough

Basic Play

The game starts with a populated game board or layout of a set of five (5) fixed stone tiles located at the bottom of the screen. Above the five (5) fixed stones are loose stone tiles. The player compares the fixed stone tile pieces with the loose stone tile pieces and selects the same or identical stone tile pieces until all the stone tile pieces with the same or identical pattern are removed from the game board or layout. Tile pieces are automatically removed when the matching stone tile pieces are selected. The player continues to match the stone tile pieces until all identical patterns are matched or the game board or layout cleared.

  • Tip:
    Unlike traditional Mah Jong solitaire games, more than two matches are possible in the Lost Amulets – Stone Garden game. Select and click as many stone tile pieces as are present to match fixed and loose stone tile pieces. There can be 1, 2, 3, or 4 loose stone tile pieces to match with the fixed stone tile piece, that combined clear the similar pattern from the game board. The more stone tile pieces a player matches and clears, the more points a player scores.
  • Hint:
    Blocked stone tile pieces contain a grey filter that helps the player see that the stone tile pieces that are not available for play while making the stone tile pieces available for play brighter or more visible.

 

Lost Amulets - Stone Garden - 1

Lost Amulets – Stone Garden – 1

Power-ups: How to Collect

Each level contains loose jade pearls hidden beneath the stone tile pieces. As the game is played, and stone tile pieces are removed more and more jade pearls become visible. The player needs to collect all the loose jade pearls by selecting the jade pearls as they become visible and available to be picked-up. The jade pearls are accumulated and then can be used to purchase or obtain Power-ups.

Power-ups: How to Use

The collected jade pearls are used to purchase or obtain Power-ups. The Power-Ups available for purchase enhance play by providing hints, cheats, or unlocking stone tile pieces.

  • Hints cost one (1) jade pearl and provide a clue and guidance on how to solve the puzzle or make a game play move.
  • Shuffle costs two (2) jade pearls and permits the player to rearrange the game board or layout for the purpose of accessing hidden or unavailable stone tile pieces.
  • Fire costs between four (4) and five (5) jade pearls and removes blocks of stone tile pieces in increments of ten (10) stones for four (4) jade pearls and fifteen (15) stones for five (5) jade pearls at the same time. This boost permits the player to match more tiles by removing stone tile pieces in one (1) move.

 

Kitty of Good Fortune Stone

The game contains a Kitty of Good Fortune Stone Tile that allows the player to use the tile to create any stone tile match needed, like the Joker card in the traditional solitaire card game.

Game Objective

The objective of Lost Amulets – Stone Garden is to collect all of the Gold Stones or Tiles contained in the various playing levels. You achieve success and win the game when all the Gold Stones or Tiles are collected.

Mini Games

At the end of each set of games, the player spins a wheel and a mini-game is selected at random for further and at times more challenging play.

Lost Amulets - Stone Garden - 2

Lost Amulets – Stone Garden – 2

The mini-games are the (1) Memory Game; (2) Matching Game; (3) Tiling Game; and (4) Bingo Game.

  • Memory Game – In this mini-game, the player uncovers two (2) game pieces at a time until an identical match is selected. The game pieces automatically disappear and the mini-game is solved when there are no further game pieces available to be selected.
  • Matching Game – The Matching Game requires the player to view three (3) similar images and select matching items across all three (3) similar images. Instead of marking the differences, the player is selecting and marking the similarities.
  • Tiling Game – Identical tiles continue to be selected for pairing by matching identical pieces until the game board or layout of the Tiling Game are matched.
  • Bingo Game – This mini-game has the potential to be a standalone game. The Bingo Game is a divided attention game and turns up the gameplay mode and volume. The game begins with a bingo game piece that is populated with numbered tiles. On the right of the bingo game piece numbered balls scroll down a grooved canal and shoot to the left or below the bingo game piece in a connected grooved canal that forms the shape of a backwards “L”.To win Lost Amulets – Stone Garden Bingo the player must match the falling numbered balls in the grooved canal with the numbered tiles on the bingo game board before the numbered balls reach the bottom of the grooved canal and move off the screen forever. The mini-game is timed. However, you are able to obtain more time to complete the mini-game with each paired match selected. Success is achieved when the player clears the bingo game piece. That’s twenty-five (25) matches.

 

Lost Amulets - Stone Garden - 3

Lost Amulets – Stone Garden – 3

Congratulations! You’ve completed our Lost Amulets – Stone Garden Walkthrough!

 

For more great tips and tricks, visit our blog!

 

The Lost Amulets – Stone Garden Walkthrough Gameplay guide is meant as a guide and does not contain cheats, hacks, or serials.

The post Lost Amulets – Stone Garden Walkthrough appeared first on GameHouse.

Viewing all 192 articles
Browse latest View live